FILE
cfg80211.h
File preview with syntax highlighting.
linux-6.19.14/include/net/cfg80211.h
1/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ 2#ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H 3#define __NET_CFG80211_H 4/* 5 * 802.11 device and configuration interface 6 * 7 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 8 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH 9 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 10 * Copyright (C) 2018-2025 Intel Corporation 11 */ 12 13#include <linux/ethtool.h> 14#include <uapi/linux/rfkill.h> 15#include <linux/netdevice.h> 16#include <linux/debugfs.h> 17#include <linux/list.h> 18#include <linux/bug.h> 19#include <linux/netlink.h> 20#include <linux/skbuff.h> 21#include <linux/nl80211.h> 22#include <linux/if_ether.h> 23#include <linux/ieee80211.h> 24#include <linux/net.h> 25#include <linux/rfkill.h> 26#include <net/regulatory.h> 27 28/** 29 * DOC: Introduction 30 * 31 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges 32 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated 33 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used 34 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent 35 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers 36 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely. 37 * 38 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum 39 * use restrictions. 40 */ 41 42 43/** 44 * DOC: Device registration 45 * 46 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device 47 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs 48 * described below. 49 * 50 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each 51 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each 52 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with 53 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's 54 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes 55 * the wireless part of the interface. Normally this struct is embedded in the 56 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating 57 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the 58 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful. 59 * 60 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has 61 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and 62 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail. 63 */ 64 65struct wiphy; 66 67/* 68 * wireless hardware capability structures 69 */ 70 71/** 72 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags 73 * 74 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code. 75 * 76 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled. 77 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes 78 * sending probe requests or beaconing. 79 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_PSD: Power spectral density (in dBm) is set for this 80 * channel. 81 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel. 82 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel 83 * is not permitted. 84 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel 85 * is not permitted. 86 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel. 87 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band, 88 * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this 89 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 90 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 91 * restrictions. 92 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band, 93 * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this 94 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 95 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 96 * restrictions. 97 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY 98 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 99 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 100 * on this channel. 101 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 102 * on this channel. 103 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE: HE operation is not permitted on this channel. 104 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ: If the driver supports 320 MHz on the band, 105 * this flag indicates that a 320 MHz channel cannot use this 106 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 107 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 108 * restrictions. 109 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not permitted on this channel. 110 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DFS_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_RRF_DFS_CONCURRENT 111 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT: Client connection with VLP AP 112 * not permitted using this channel 113 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT: Client connection with AFC AP 114 * not permitted using this channel 115 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_CAN_MONITOR: This channel can be used for monitor 116 * mode even in the presence of other (regulatory) restrictions, 117 * even if it is otherwise disabled. 118 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP: Allow using this channel for AP operation 119 * with very low power (VLP), even if otherwise set to NO_IR. 120 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY: Allow activity on a 20 MHz channel, 121 * even if otherwise set to NO_IR. 122 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_S1G_NO_PRIMARY: Prevents the channel for use as an S1G 123 * primary channel. Does not prevent the wider operating channel 124 * described by the chandef from being used. In order for a 2MHz primary 125 * to be used, both 1MHz subchannels shall not contain this flag. 126 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_4MHZ: 4 MHz bandwidth is not permitted on this channel. 127 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_8MHZ: 8 MHz bandwidth is not permitted on this channel. 128 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_16MHZ: 16 MHz bandwidth is not permitted on this channel. 129 */ 130enum ieee80211_channel_flags { 131 IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = BIT(0), 132 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = BIT(1), 133 IEEE80211_CHAN_PSD = BIT(2), 134 IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = BIT(3), 135 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = BIT(4), 136 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = BIT(5), 137 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = BIT(6), 138 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = BIT(7), 139 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = BIT(8), 140 IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = BIT(9), 141 IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = BIT(10), 142 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = BIT(11), 143 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = BIT(12), 144 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE = BIT(13), 145 /* can use free bits here */ 146 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ = BIT(19), 147 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_EHT = BIT(20), 148 IEEE80211_CHAN_DFS_CONCURRENT = BIT(21), 149 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT = BIT(22), 150 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT = BIT(23), 151 IEEE80211_CHAN_CAN_MONITOR = BIT(24), 152 IEEE80211_CHAN_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP = BIT(25), 153 IEEE80211_CHAN_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY = BIT(26), 154 IEEE80211_CHAN_S1G_NO_PRIMARY = BIT(27), 155 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_4MHZ = BIT(28), 156 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_8MHZ = BIT(29), 157 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_16MHZ = BIT(30), 158}; 159 160#define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \ 161 (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS) 162 163#define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000 164#define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000) 165 166/** 167 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition 168 * 169 * This structure describes a single channel for use 170 * with cfg80211. 171 * 172 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz 173 * @freq_offset: offset from @center_freq, in KHz 174 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel 175 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags. 176 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory 177 * code to support devices with additional restrictions 178 * @band: band this channel belongs to. 179 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi 180 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm) 181 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm) 182 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon 183 * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon() 184 * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band. 185 * @orig_mag: internal use 186 * @orig_mpwr: internal use 187 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required 188 * on this channel. 189 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 190 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels. 191 * @psd: power spectral density (in dBm) 192 */ 193struct ieee80211_channel { 194 enum nl80211_band band; 195 u32 center_freq; 196 u16 freq_offset; 197 u16 hw_value; 198 u32 flags; 199 int max_antenna_gain; 200 int max_power; 201 int max_reg_power; 202 bool beacon_found; 203 u32 orig_flags; 204 int orig_mag, orig_mpwr; 205 enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state; 206 unsigned long dfs_state_entered; 207 unsigned int dfs_cac_ms; 208 s8 psd; 209}; 210 211/** 212 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags 213 * 214 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured 215 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for 216 * different bands/PHY modes. 217 * 218 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short 219 * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and 220 * with CCK rates. 221 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 222 * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the 223 * core code when registering the wiphy. 224 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 225 * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 226 * core code when registering the wiphy. 227 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 228 * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 229 * core code when registering the wiphy. 230 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode. 231 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode 232 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode 233 */ 234enum ieee80211_rate_flags { 235 IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = BIT(0), 236 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = BIT(1), 237 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = BIT(2), 238 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = BIT(3), 239 IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = BIT(4), 240 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = BIT(5), 241 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = BIT(6), 242}; 243 244/** 245 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter 246 * 247 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS 248 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS 249 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS 250 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS 251 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type 252 */ 253enum ieee80211_bss_type { 254 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS, 255 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS, 256 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 257 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS, 258 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY 259}; 260 261/** 262 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter 263 * 264 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set 265 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear 266 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting 267 */ 268enum ieee80211_privacy { 269 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON, 270 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF, 271 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY 272}; 273 274#define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \ 275 ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF) 276 277/** 278 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition 279 * 280 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can 281 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short 282 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are 283 * passed around. 284 * 285 * @flags: rate-specific flags from &enum ieee80211_rate_flags 286 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps 287 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate 288 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when 289 * short preamble is used 290 */ 291struct ieee80211_rate { 292 u32 flags; 293 u16 bitrate; 294 u16 hw_value, hw_value_short; 295}; 296 297/** 298 * struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse 299 * 300 * @enable: is the feature enabled. 301 * @sr_ctrl: The SR Control field of SRP element. 302 * @non_srg_max_offset: non-SRG maximum tx power offset 303 * @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use 304 * @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use 305 * @bss_color_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the BSS color values used by 306 * members of the SRG 307 * @partial_bssid_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the partial BSSID values 308 * used by members of the SRG 309 */ 310struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd { 311 bool enable; 312 u8 sr_ctrl; 313 u8 non_srg_max_offset; 314 u8 min_offset; 315 u8 max_offset; 316 u8 bss_color_bitmap[8]; 317 u8 partial_bssid_bitmap[8]; 318}; 319 320/** 321 * struct cfg80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring 322 * 323 * @color: the current color. 324 * @enabled: HE BSS color is used 325 * @partial: define the AID equation. 326 */ 327struct cfg80211_he_bss_color { 328 u8 color; 329 bool enabled; 330 bool partial; 331}; 332 333/** 334 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities 335 * 336 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 337 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA. 338 * 339 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA 340 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec 341 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor 342 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing 343 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates 344 */ 345struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap { 346 u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */ 347 bool ht_supported; 348 u8 ampdu_factor; 349 u8 ampdu_density; 350 struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs; 351}; 352 353/** 354 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities 355 * 356 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 357 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA. 358 * 359 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA 360 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec 361 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates 362 */ 363struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap { 364 bool vht_supported; 365 u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */ 366 struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs; 367}; 368 369#define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 25 370 371/** 372 * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities 373 * 374 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 375 * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA. 376 * 377 * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid. 378 * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element. 379 * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 380 * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 381 */ 382struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap { 383 bool has_he; 384 struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem; 385 struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp; 386 u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 387}; 388 389/** 390 * struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp - EHT max supported NSS per MCS 391 * 392 * See P802.11be_D1.3 Table 9-401k - "Subfields of the Supported EHT-MCS 393 * and NSS Set field" 394 * 395 * @only_20mhz: MCS/NSS support for 20 MHz-only STA. 396 * @bw: MCS/NSS support for 80, 160 and 320 MHz 397 * @bw._80: MCS/NSS support for BW <= 80 MHz 398 * @bw._160: MCS/NSS support for BW = 160 MHz 399 * @bw._320: MCS/NSS support for BW = 320 MHz 400 */ 401struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp { 402 union { 403 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_20mhz_only only_20mhz; 404 struct { 405 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _80; 406 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _160; 407 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _320; 408 } __packed bw; 409 } __packed; 410} __packed; 411 412#define IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 32 413 414/** 415 * struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap - STA's EHT capabilities 416 * 417 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 418 * to describe 802.11be EHT capabilities for a STA. 419 * 420 * @has_eht: true iff EHT data is valid. 421 * @eht_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the eht capabilities element. 422 * @eht_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 423 * @eht_ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 424 */ 425struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap { 426 bool has_eht; 427 struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem_fixed eht_cap_elem; 428 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp eht_mcs_nss_supp; 429 u8 eht_ppe_thres[IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 430}; 431 432/* sparse defines __CHECKER__; see Documentation/dev-tools/sparse.rst */ 433#ifdef __CHECKER__ 434/* 435 * This is used to mark the sband->iftype_data pointer which is supposed 436 * to be an array with special access semantics (per iftype), but a lot 437 * of code got it wrong in the past, so with this marking sparse will be 438 * noisy when the pointer is used directly. 439 */ 440# define __iftd __attribute__((noderef, address_space(__iftype_data))) 441#else 442# define __iftd 443#endif /* __CHECKER__ */ 444 445/** 446 * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data - sband data per interface type 447 * 448 * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the 449 * interface types defined in @types_mask. Each type in the 450 * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data. 451 * 452 * @types_mask: interface types mask 453 * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities 454 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz capabilities, must be filled in for a 455 * 6 GHz band channel (and 0 may be valid value). 456 * @eht_cap: STA's EHT capabilities 457 * @vendor_elems: vendor element(s) to advertise 458 * @vendor_elems.data: vendor element(s) data 459 * @vendor_elems.len: vendor element(s) length 460 */ 461struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data { 462 u16 types_mask; 463 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap; 464 struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa he_6ghz_capa; 465 struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap eht_cap; 466 struct { 467 const u8 *data; 468 unsigned int len; 469 } vendor_elems; 470}; 471 472/** 473 * enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations 474 * 475 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz 476 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz 477 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz 478 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz 479 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 480 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 481 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 482 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and 483 * 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 484 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 485 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 486 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 487 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 488 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 489 * and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 490 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz, 491 * 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 492 */ 493enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config { 494 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4 = 4, 495 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5 = 5, 496 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6 = 6, 497 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7 = 7, 498 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8 = 8, 499 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9 = 9, 500 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10 = 10, 501 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11 = 11, 502 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12 = 12, 503 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13 = 13, 504 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14 = 14, 505 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15 = 15, 506}; 507 508/** 509 * struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration 510 * 511 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 512 * to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration 513 * 514 * @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s) 515 * that are allowed to be used for transmissions. 516 * Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc. 517 * Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported. 518 * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 519 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations 520 */ 521struct ieee80211_edmg { 522 u8 channels; 523 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config; 524}; 525 526/** 527 * struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap - STA's S1G capabilities 528 * 529 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 530 * to describe 802.11ah S1G capabilities for a STA. 531 * 532 * @s1g: is STA an S1G STA 533 * @cap: S1G capabilities information 534 * @nss_mcs: Supported NSS MCS set 535 */ 536struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap { 537 bool s1g; 538 u8 cap[10]; /* use S1G_CAPAB_ */ 539 u8 nss_mcs[5]; 540}; 541 542/** 543 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition 544 * 545 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy 546 * is able to operate in. 547 * 548 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate with 549 * in this band. 550 * @band: the band this structure represents 551 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels 552 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with 553 * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported 554 * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM. 555 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates 556 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band 557 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band 558 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band 559 * @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band 560 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band (S1G band only, of course) 561 * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries 562 * @iftype_data: interface type data entries. Note that the bits in 563 * @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only 564 * one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of 565 * iftype_data). 566 */ 567struct ieee80211_supported_band { 568 struct ieee80211_channel *channels; 569 struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates; 570 enum nl80211_band band; 571 int n_channels; 572 int n_bitrates; 573 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap; 574 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap; 575 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap s1g_cap; 576 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap; 577 u16 n_iftype_data; 578 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data __iftd *iftype_data; 579}; 580 581/** 582 * _ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data - set sband iftype data array 583 * @sband: the sband to initialize 584 * @iftd: the iftype data array pointer 585 * @n_iftd: the length of the iftype data array 586 * 587 * Set the sband iftype data array; use this where the length cannot 588 * be derived from the ARRAY_SIZE() of the argument, but prefer 589 * ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data() where it can be used. 590 */ 591static inline void 592_ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 593 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftd, 594 u16 n_iftd) 595{ 596 sband->iftype_data = (const void __iftd __force *)iftd; 597 sband->n_iftype_data = n_iftd; 598} 599 600/** 601 * ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data - set sband iftype data array 602 * @sband: the sband to initialize 603 * @iftd: the iftype data array 604 */ 605#define ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftd) \ 606 _ieee80211_set_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftd, ARRAY_SIZE(iftd)) 607 608/** 609 * for_each_sband_iftype_data - iterate sband iftype data entries 610 * @sband: the sband whose iftype_data array to iterate 611 * @i: iterator counter 612 * @iftd: iftype data pointer to set 613 */ 614#define for_each_sband_iftype_data(sband, i, iftd) \ 615 for (i = 0, iftd = (const void __force *)&(sband)->iftype_data[i]; \ 616 i < (sband)->n_iftype_data; \ 617 i++, iftd = (const void __force *)&(sband)->iftype_data[i]) 618 619/** 620 * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype 621 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 622 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 623 * 624 * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found 625 */ 626static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data * 627ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 628 u8 iftype) 629{ 630 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data; 631 int i; 632 633 if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES)) 634 return NULL; 635 636 if (iftype == NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN) 637 iftype = NL80211_IFTYPE_AP; 638 639 for_each_sband_iftype_data(sband, i, data) { 640 if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype)) 641 return data; 642 } 643 644 return NULL; 645} 646 647/** 648 * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype 649 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 650 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 651 * 652 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found 653 */ 654static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * 655ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 656 u8 iftype) 657{ 658 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 659 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 660 661 if (data && data->he_cap.has_he) 662 return &data->he_cap; 663 664 return NULL; 665} 666 667/** 668 * ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa - return HE 6 GHz capabilities 669 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 670 * @iftype: the iftype to search for 671 * 672 * Return: the 6GHz capabilities 673 */ 674static inline __le16 675ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 676 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 677{ 678 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 679 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 680 681 if (WARN_ON(!data || !data->he_cap.has_he)) 682 return 0; 683 684 return data->he_6ghz_capa.capa; 685} 686 687/** 688 * ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap - return EHT capabilities for an sband's iftype 689 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 690 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 691 * 692 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap, or NULL is none found 693 */ 694static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap * 695ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 696 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 697{ 698 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 699 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 700 701 if (data && data->eht_cap.has_eht) 702 return &data->eht_cap; 703 704 return NULL; 705} 706 707/** 708 * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree 709 * 710 * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for 711 * 712 * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful 713 * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board 714 * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier). 715 * 716 * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable 717 * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with 718 * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make 719 * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified 720 * without affecting other devices. 721 * 722 * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev. 723 * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first. 724 * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register(). 725 */ 726#ifdef CONFIG_OF 727void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy); 728#else /* CONFIG_OF */ 729static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy) 730{ 731} 732#endif /* !CONFIG_OF */ 733 734 735/* 736 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods 737 */ 738 739/** 740 * DOC: Actions and configuration 741 * 742 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration 743 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these 744 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these 745 * operations use are described separately. 746 * 747 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status 748 * information via some functions that drivers need to call. 749 * 750 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described 751 * in a separate chapter. 752 */ 753 754#define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\ 755 WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN) 756 757/** 758 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters 759 * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise 760 * %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set 761 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames 762 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface. 763 * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may 764 * determine the address as needed. 765 * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the 766 * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating 767 ** only p2p devices with specified MAC. 768 * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets 769 * belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed 770 * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring 771 * MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed 772 */ 773struct vif_params { 774 u32 flags; 775 int use_4addr; 776 u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN]; 777 const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups; 778 const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr; 779}; 780 781/** 782 * struct key_params - key information 783 * 784 * Information about a key 785 * 786 * @key: key material 787 * @key_len: length of key material 788 * @cipher: cipher suite selector 789 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN), must be in little endian, 790 * length given by @seq_len. 791 * @seq_len: length of @seq. 792 * @vlan_id: vlan_id for VLAN group key (if nonzero) 793 * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX) 794 */ 795struct key_params { 796 const u8 *key; 797 const u8 *seq; 798 int key_len; 799 int seq_len; 800 u16 vlan_id; 801 u32 cipher; 802 enum nl80211_key_mode mode; 803}; 804 805/** 806 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition 807 * @chan: the (control) channel 808 * @width: channel width 809 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment 810 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment 811 * (only with 80+80 MHz) 812 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration. 813 * If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero), 814 * chan will define the primary channel and all other 815 * parameters are ignored. 816 * @freq1_offset: offset from @center_freq1, in KHz 817 * @punctured: mask of the punctured 20 MHz subchannels, with 818 * bits turned on being disabled (punctured); numbered 819 * from lower to higher frequency (like in the spec) 820 * @s1g_primary_2mhz: Indicates if the control channel pointed to 821 * by 'chan' exists as a 1MHz primary subchannel within an 822 * S1G 2MHz primary channel. 823 */ 824struct cfg80211_chan_def { 825 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 826 enum nl80211_chan_width width; 827 u32 center_freq1; 828 u32 center_freq2; 829 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 830 u16 freq1_offset; 831 u16 punctured; 832 bool s1g_primary_2mhz; 833}; 834 835/* 836 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control 837 */ 838struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask { 839 struct { 840 u32 legacy; 841 u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN]; 842 u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 843 u16 he_mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX]; 844 u16 eht_mcs[NL80211_EHT_NSS_MAX]; 845 enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi; 846 enum nl80211_he_gi he_gi; 847 enum nl80211_eht_gi eht_gi; 848 enum nl80211_he_ltf he_ltf; 849 enum nl80211_eht_ltf eht_ltf; 850 } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 851}; 852 853 854/** 855 * struct cfg80211_tid_cfg - TID specific configuration 856 * @config_override: Flag to notify driver to reset TID configuration 857 * of the peer. 858 * @tids: bitmap of TIDs to modify 859 * @mask: bitmap of attributes indicating which parameter changed, 860 * similar to &nl80211_tid_config_supp. 861 * @noack: noack configuration value for the TID 862 * @retry_long: retry count value 863 * @retry_short: retry count value 864 * @ampdu: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation 865 * @rtscts: Enable/Disable RTS/CTS 866 * @amsdu: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation 867 * @txrate_type: Tx bitrate mask type 868 * @txrate_mask: Tx bitrate to be applied for the TID 869 */ 870struct cfg80211_tid_cfg { 871 bool config_override; 872 u8 tids; 873 u64 mask; 874 enum nl80211_tid_config noack; 875 u8 retry_long, retry_short; 876 enum nl80211_tid_config ampdu; 877 enum nl80211_tid_config rtscts; 878 enum nl80211_tid_config amsdu; 879 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting txrate_type; 880 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask txrate_mask; 881}; 882 883/** 884 * struct cfg80211_tid_config - TID configuration 885 * @peer: Station's MAC address 886 * @n_tid_conf: Number of TID specific configurations to be applied 887 * @tid_conf: Configuration change info 888 */ 889struct cfg80211_tid_config { 890 const u8 *peer; 891 u32 n_tid_conf; 892 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg tid_conf[] __counted_by(n_tid_conf); 893}; 894 895/** 896 * struct cfg80211_fils_aad - FILS AAD data 897 * @macaddr: STA MAC address 898 * @kek: FILS KEK 899 * @kek_len: FILS KEK length 900 * @snonce: STA Nonce 901 * @anonce: AP Nonce 902 */ 903struct cfg80211_fils_aad { 904 const u8 *macaddr; 905 const u8 *kek; 906 u8 kek_len; 907 const u8 *snonce; 908 const u8 *anonce; 909}; 910 911/** 912 * struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp - enable/disable HW timestamping 913 * @macaddr: peer MAC address. NULL to enable/disable HW timestamping for all 914 * addresses. 915 * @enable: if set, enable HW timestamping for the specified MAC address. 916 * Otherwise disable HW timestamping for the specified MAC address. 917 */ 918struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp { 919 const u8 *macaddr; 920 bool enable; 921}; 922 923/** 924 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef 925 * @chandef: the channel definition 926 * 927 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given 928 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion. 929 */ 930static inline enum nl80211_channel_type 931cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 932{ 933 switch (chandef->width) { 934 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 935 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 936 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 937 return NL80211_CHAN_HT20; 938 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 939 if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq) 940 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS; 941 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS; 942 default: 943 WARN_ON(1); 944 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 945 } 946} 947 948/** 949 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type 950 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill 951 * @channel: the control channel 952 * @chantype: the channel type 953 * 954 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition. 955 */ 956void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 957 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 958 enum nl80211_channel_type chantype); 959 960/** 961 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical 962 * @chandef1: first channel definition 963 * @chandef2: second channel definition 964 * 965 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are 966 * identical, %false otherwise. 967 */ 968static inline bool 969cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 970 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2) 971{ 972 return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan && 973 chandef1->width == chandef2->width && 974 chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 && 975 chandef1->freq1_offset == chandef2->freq1_offset && 976 chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2 && 977 chandef1->punctured == chandef2->punctured && 978 chandef1->s1g_primary_2mhz == chandef2->s1g_primary_2mhz); 979} 980 981/** 982 * cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel 983 * 984 * @chandef: the channel definition 985 * 986 * Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise. 987 */ 988static inline bool 989cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 990{ 991 return chandef->edmg.channels || chandef->edmg.bw_config; 992} 993 994/** 995 * cfg80211_chandef_is_s1g - check if chandef represents an S1G channel 996 * @chandef: the channel definition 997 * 998 * Return: %true if S1G. 999 */ 1000static inline bool 1001cfg80211_chandef_is_s1g(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 1002{ 1003 return chandef->chan->band == NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ; 1004} 1005 1006/** 1007 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible 1008 * @chandef1: first channel definition 1009 * @chandef2: second channel definition 1010 * 1011 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible, 1012 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise. 1013 */ 1014const struct cfg80211_chan_def * 1015cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 1016 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2); 1017 1018 1019/** 1020 * nl80211_chan_width_to_mhz - get the channel width in MHz 1021 * @chan_width: the channel width from &enum nl80211_chan_width 1022 * 1023 * Return: channel width in MHz if the chan_width from &enum nl80211_chan_width 1024 * is valid. -1 otherwise. 1025 */ 1026int nl80211_chan_width_to_mhz(enum nl80211_chan_width chan_width); 1027 1028/** 1029 * cfg80211_chandef_get_width - return chandef width in MHz 1030 * @c: chandef to return bandwidth for 1031 * Return: channel width in MHz for the given chandef; note that it returns 1032 * 80 for 80+80 configurations 1033 */ 1034static inline int cfg80211_chandef_get_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *c) 1035{ 1036 return nl80211_chan_width_to_mhz(c->width); 1037} 1038 1039/** 1040 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid 1041 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1042 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise. 1043 */ 1044bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 1045 1046/** 1047 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used 1048 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 1049 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1050 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set 1051 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise. 1052 */ 1053bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1054 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 1055 u32 prohibited_flags); 1056 1057/** 1058 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required 1059 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 1060 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1061 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype 1062 * Returns: 1063 * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error 1064 */ 1065int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1066 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 1067 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 1068 1069/** 1070 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_usable - checks if chandef is DFS usable and we 1071 * can/need start CAC on such channel 1072 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 1073 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1074 * 1075 * Return: true if all channels available and at least 1076 * one channel requires CAC (NL80211_DFS_USABLE) 1077 */ 1078bool cfg80211_chandef_dfs_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1079 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 1080 1081/** 1082 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_cac_time - get the DFS CAC time (in ms) for given 1083 * channel definition 1084 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 1085 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1086 * 1087 * Returns: DFS CAC time (in ms) which applies for this channel definition 1088 */ 1089unsigned int 1090cfg80211_chandef_dfs_cac_time(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1091 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 1092 1093/** 1094 * cfg80211_chandef_primary - calculate primary 40/80/160 MHz freq 1095 * @chandef: chandef to calculate for 1096 * @primary_chan_width: primary channel width to calculate center for 1097 * @punctured: punctured sub-channel bitmap, will be recalculated 1098 * according to the new bandwidth, can be %NULL 1099 * 1100 * Returns: the primary 40/80/160 MHz channel center frequency, or -1 1101 * for errors, updating the punctured bitmap 1102 */ 1103int cfg80211_chandef_primary(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 1104 enum nl80211_chan_width primary_chan_width, 1105 u16 *punctured); 1106 1107/** 1108 * nl80211_send_chandef - sends the channel definition. 1109 * @msg: the msg to send channel definition 1110 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 1111 * 1112 * Returns: 0 if sent the channel definition to msg, < 0 on error 1113 **/ 1114int nl80211_send_chandef(struct sk_buff *msg, const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 1115 1116/** 1117 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef 1118 * 1119 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel 1120 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual 1121 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels. 1122 * 1123 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 1124 * 1125 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef 1126 */ 1127static inline int 1128ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 1129{ 1130 switch (chandef->width) { 1131 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 1132 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6, 1133 chandef->chan->max_power); 1134 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 1135 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3, 1136 chandef->chan->max_power); 1137 default: 1138 break; 1139 } 1140 return chandef->chan->max_power; 1141} 1142 1143/** 1144 * cfg80211_any_usable_channels - check for usable channels 1145 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check for 1146 * @band_mask: which bands to check on 1147 * @prohibited_flags: which channels to not consider usable, 1148 * %IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED is always taken into account 1149 * 1150 * Return: %true if usable channels found, %false otherwise 1151 */ 1152bool cfg80211_any_usable_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1153 unsigned long band_mask, 1154 u32 prohibited_flags); 1155 1156/** 1157 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags 1158 * 1159 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in 1160 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 1161 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in 1162 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in 1163 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in 1164 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in 1165 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in 1166 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in 1167 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in 1168 * 1169 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info 1170 * it has filled in during the get_survey(). 1171 */ 1172enum survey_info_flags { 1173 SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0), 1174 SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1), 1175 SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2), 1176 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3), 1177 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4), 1178 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5), 1179 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6), 1180 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7), 1181 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX = BIT(8), 1182}; 1183 1184/** 1185 * struct survey_info - channel survey response 1186 * 1187 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single 1188 * record to report global statistics 1189 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags 1190 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are 1191 * optional 1192 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel) 1193 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy 1194 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy 1195 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data 1196 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data 1197 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning 1198 * @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS 1199 * 1200 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information. 1201 * 1202 * This structure can later be expanded with things like 1203 * channel duty cycle etc. 1204 */ 1205struct survey_info { 1206 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 1207 u64 time; 1208 u64 time_busy; 1209 u64 time_ext_busy; 1210 u64 time_rx; 1211 u64 time_tx; 1212 u64 time_scan; 1213 u64 time_bss_rx; 1214 u32 filled; 1215 s8 noise; 1216}; 1217 1218#define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES 10 1219 1220/** 1221 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings 1222 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled 1223 * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions) 1224 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset) 1225 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers 1226 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites 1227 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites 1228 * @akm_suites: AKM suites 1229 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 1230 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 1231 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 1232 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 1233 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be 1234 * allowed through even on unauthorized ports 1235 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port 1236 * protocol frames. 1237 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 1238 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 1239 * @control_port_no_preauth: disables pre-auth rx over the nl80211 control 1240 * port for mac80211 1241 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload) 1242 * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE 1243 * offload) 1244 * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload) 1245 * @sae_pwe: The mechanisms allowed for SAE PWE derivation: 1246 * 1247 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED 1248 * Not-specified, used to indicate userspace did not specify any 1249 * preference. The driver should follow its internal policy in 1250 * such a scenario. 1251 * 1252 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK 1253 * Allow hunting-and-pecking loop only 1254 * 1255 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT 1256 * Allow hash-to-element only 1257 * 1258 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH 1259 * Allow either hunting-and-pecking loop or hash-to-element 1260 */ 1261struct cfg80211_crypto_settings { 1262 u32 wpa_versions; 1263 u32 cipher_group; 1264 int n_ciphers_pairwise; 1265 u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES]; 1266 int n_akm_suites; 1267 u32 akm_suites[CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES]; 1268 bool control_port; 1269 __be16 control_port_ethertype; 1270 bool control_port_no_encrypt; 1271 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 1272 bool control_port_no_preauth; 1273 const u8 *psk; 1274 const u8 *sae_pwd; 1275 u8 sae_pwd_len; 1276 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism sae_pwe; 1277}; 1278 1279/** 1280 * struct cfg80211_mbssid_config - AP settings for multi bssid 1281 * 1282 * @tx_wdev: pointer to the transmitted interface in the MBSSID set 1283 * @tx_link_id: link ID of the transmitted profile in an MLD. 1284 * @index: index of this AP in the multi bssid group. 1285 * @ema: set to true if the beacons should be sent out in EMA mode. 1286 */ 1287struct cfg80211_mbssid_config { 1288 struct wireless_dev *tx_wdev; 1289 u8 tx_link_id; 1290 u8 index; 1291 bool ema; 1292}; 1293 1294/** 1295 * struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems - Multiple BSSID elements 1296 * 1297 * @cnt: Number of elements in array %elems. 1298 * 1299 * @elem: Array of multiple BSSID element(s) to be added into Beacon frames. 1300 * @elem.data: Data for multiple BSSID elements. 1301 * @elem.len: Length of data. 1302 */ 1303struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems { 1304 u8 cnt; 1305 struct { 1306 const u8 *data; 1307 size_t len; 1308 } elem[] __counted_by(cnt); 1309}; 1310 1311/** 1312 * struct cfg80211_rnr_elems - Reduced neighbor report (RNR) elements 1313 * 1314 * @cnt: Number of elements in array %elems. 1315 * 1316 * @elem: Array of RNR element(s) to be added into Beacon frames. 1317 * @elem.data: Data for RNR elements. 1318 * @elem.len: Length of data. 1319 */ 1320struct cfg80211_rnr_elems { 1321 u8 cnt; 1322 struct { 1323 const u8 *data; 1324 size_t len; 1325 } elem[] __counted_by(cnt); 1326}; 1327 1328/** 1329 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data 1330 * @link_id: the link ID for the AP MLD link sending this beacon 1331 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE) 1332 * or %NULL if not changed 1333 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE) 1334 * or %NULL if not changed 1335 * @head_len: length of @head 1336 * @tail_len: length of @tail 1337 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL 1338 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets 1339 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response 1340 * frames or %NULL 1341 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets 1342 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association 1343 * Response frames or %NULL 1344 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets 1345 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp) 1346 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only) 1347 * @mbssid_ies: multiple BSSID elements 1348 * @rnr_ies: reduced neighbor report elements 1349 * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change 1350 * (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data) 1351 * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token 1352 * (measurement type 8) 1353 * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement 1354 * Token (measurement type 11) 1355 * @lci_len: LCI data length 1356 * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length 1357 * @he_bss_color: BSS Color settings 1358 * @he_bss_color_valid: indicates whether bss color 1359 * attribute is present in beacon data or not. 1360 */ 1361struct cfg80211_beacon_data { 1362 unsigned int link_id; 1363 1364 const u8 *head, *tail; 1365 const u8 *beacon_ies; 1366 const u8 *proberesp_ies; 1367 const u8 *assocresp_ies; 1368 const u8 *probe_resp; 1369 const u8 *lci; 1370 const u8 *civicloc; 1371 struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems *mbssid_ies; 1372 struct cfg80211_rnr_elems *rnr_ies; 1373 s8 ftm_responder; 1374 1375 size_t head_len, tail_len; 1376 size_t beacon_ies_len; 1377 size_t proberesp_ies_len; 1378 size_t assocresp_ies_len; 1379 size_t probe_resp_len; 1380 size_t lci_len; 1381 size_t civicloc_len; 1382 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color; 1383 bool he_bss_color_valid; 1384}; 1385 1386struct mac_address { 1387 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 1388}; 1389 1390/** 1391 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data 1392 * 1393 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's 1394 * entry specified by mac_addr 1395 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed 1396 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL 1397 */ 1398struct cfg80211_acl_data { 1399 enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy; 1400 int n_acl_entries; 1401 1402 /* Keep it last */ 1403 struct mac_address mac_addrs[] __counted_by(n_acl_entries); 1404}; 1405 1406/** 1407 * struct cfg80211_fils_discovery - FILS discovery parameters from 1408 * IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail. 1409 * 1410 * @update: Set to true if the feature configuration should be updated. 1411 * @min_interval: Minimum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) 1412 * @max_interval: Maximum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) 1413 * @tmpl_len: Template length 1414 * @tmpl: Template data for FILS discovery frame including the action 1415 * frame headers. 1416 */ 1417struct cfg80211_fils_discovery { 1418 bool update; 1419 u32 min_interval; 1420 u32 max_interval; 1421 size_t tmpl_len; 1422 const u8 *tmpl; 1423}; 1424 1425/** 1426 * struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp - Unsolicited broadcast probe 1427 * response parameters in 6GHz. 1428 * 1429 * @update: Set to true if the feature configuration should be updated. 1430 * @interval: Packet interval in TUs. Maximum allowed is 20 TU, as mentioned 1431 * in IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 26.17.2.3.2 - AP behavior for fast passive 1432 * scanning 1433 * @tmpl_len: Template length 1434 * @tmpl: Template data for probe response 1435 */ 1436struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp { 1437 bool update; 1438 u32 interval; 1439 size_t tmpl_len; 1440 const u8 *tmpl; 1441}; 1442 1443/** 1444 * struct cfg80211_s1g_short_beacon - S1G short beacon data. 1445 * 1446 * @update: Set to true if the feature configuration should be updated. 1447 * @short_head: Short beacon head. 1448 * @short_tail: Short beacon tail. 1449 * @short_head_len: Short beacon head len. 1450 * @short_tail_len: Short beacon tail len. 1451 */ 1452struct cfg80211_s1g_short_beacon { 1453 bool update; 1454 const u8 *short_head; 1455 const u8 *short_tail; 1456 size_t short_head_len; 1457 size_t short_tail_len; 1458}; 1459 1460/** 1461 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration 1462 * 1463 * Used to configure an AP interface. 1464 * 1465 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1466 * @beacon: beacon data 1467 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1468 * @dtim_period: DTIM period 1469 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from 1470 * user space) 1471 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid 1472 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames 1473 * @crypto: crypto settings 1474 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy 1475 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 1476 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity. 1477 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window 1478 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS 1479 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for 1480 * MAC address based access control 1481 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG 1482 * networks. 1483 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 1484 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled) 1485 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled) 1486 * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1487 * @eht_cap: EHT capabilities (or %NULL if EHT isn't enabled) 1488 * @eht_oper: EHT operation IE (or %NULL if EHT isn't enabled) 1489 * @ht_required: stations must support HT 1490 * @vht_required: stations must support VHT 1491 * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time 1492 * @he_required: stations must support HE 1493 * @sae_h2e_required: stations must support direct H2E technique in SAE 1494 * @flags: flags, as defined in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags 1495 * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings 1496 * @he_oper: HE operation IE (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1497 * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery transmission parameters 1498 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters 1499 * @mbssid_config: AP settings for multiple bssid 1500 * @s1g_long_beacon_period: S1G long beacon period 1501 * @s1g_short_beacon: S1G short beacon data 1502 */ 1503struct cfg80211_ap_settings { 1504 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1505 1506 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; 1507 1508 int beacon_interval, dtim_period; 1509 const u8 *ssid; 1510 size_t ssid_len; 1511 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid; 1512 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 1513 bool privacy; 1514 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 1515 int inactivity_timeout; 1516 u8 p2p_ctwindow; 1517 bool p2p_opp_ps; 1518 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl; 1519 bool pbss; 1520 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 1521 1522 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap; 1523 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap; 1524 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap; 1525 const struct ieee80211_he_operation *he_oper; 1526 const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_cap; 1527 const struct ieee80211_eht_operation *eht_oper; 1528 bool ht_required, vht_required, he_required, sae_h2e_required; 1529 bool twt_responder; 1530 u32 flags; 1531 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd; 1532 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery; 1533 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; 1534 struct cfg80211_mbssid_config mbssid_config; 1535 u8 s1g_long_beacon_period; 1536 struct cfg80211_s1g_short_beacon s1g_short_beacon; 1537}; 1538 1539 1540/** 1541 * struct cfg80211_ap_update - AP configuration update 1542 * 1543 * Subset of &struct cfg80211_ap_settings, for updating a running AP. 1544 * 1545 * @beacon: beacon data 1546 * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery transmission parameters 1547 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters 1548 * @s1g_short_beacon: S1G short beacon data 1549 */ 1550struct cfg80211_ap_update { 1551 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; 1552 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery; 1553 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; 1554 struct cfg80211_s1g_short_beacon s1g_short_beacon; 1555}; 1556 1557/** 1558 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings 1559 * 1560 * Used for channel switch 1561 * 1562 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch 1563 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch 1564 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1565 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1566 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail) 1567 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response 1568 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel 1569 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters 1570 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel 1571 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing 1572 * @count: number of beacons until switch 1573 * @link_id: defines the link on which channel switch is expected during 1574 * MLO. 0 in case of non-MLO. 1575 */ 1576struct cfg80211_csa_settings { 1577 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1578 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa; 1579 const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon; 1580 const u16 *counter_offsets_presp; 1581 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon; 1582 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp; 1583 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after; 1584 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; 1585 bool radar_required; 1586 bool block_tx; 1587 u8 count; 1588 u8 link_id; 1589}; 1590 1591/** 1592 * struct cfg80211_color_change_settings - color change settings 1593 * 1594 * Used for bss color change 1595 * 1596 * @beacon_color_change: beacon data while performing the color countdown 1597 * @counter_offset_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1598 * @counter_offset_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1599 * @beacon_next: beacon data to be used after the color change 1600 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters 1601 * @count: number of beacons until the color change 1602 * @color: the color used after the change 1603 * @link_id: defines the link on which color change is expected during MLO. 1604 * 0 in case of non-MLO. 1605 */ 1606struct cfg80211_color_change_settings { 1607 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_color_change; 1608 u16 counter_offset_beacon; 1609 u16 counter_offset_presp; 1610 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_next; 1611 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; 1612 u8 count; 1613 u8 color; 1614 u8 link_id; 1615}; 1616 1617/** 1618 * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations 1619 * 1620 * Used to pass interface combination parameters 1621 * 1622 * @radio_idx: wiphy radio index or -1 for global 1623 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want 1624 * to use for verification 1625 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel 1626 * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of 1627 * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths 1628 * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface 1629 * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum 1630 * nl80211_iftype. 1631 * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface 1632 * that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of 1633 * the verification 1634 */ 1635struct iface_combination_params { 1636 int radio_idx; 1637 int num_different_channels; 1638 u8 radar_detect; 1639 int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES]; 1640 u32 new_beacon_int; 1641}; 1642 1643/** 1644 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply 1645 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp) 1646 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability 1647 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state 1648 * 1649 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling, 1650 * for those that don't these flags will are used. 1651 */ 1652enum station_parameters_apply_mask { 1653 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0), 1654 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1), 1655 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2), 1656}; 1657 1658/** 1659 * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration 1660 * 1661 * Used to configure txpower for station. 1662 * 1663 * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power 1664 * is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be 1665 * overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx 1666 * power per-interface or per-station. 1667 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power 1668 * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC 1669 * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power. 1670 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for 1671 * per peer TPC. 1672 */ 1673struct sta_txpwr { 1674 s16 power; 1675 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type; 1676}; 1677 1678/** 1679 * struct link_station_parameters - link station parameters 1680 * 1681 * Used to change and create a new link station. 1682 * 1683 * @mld_mac: MAC address of the station 1684 * @link_id: the link id (-1 for non-MLD station) 1685 * @link_mac: MAC address of the link 1686 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1687 * (or NULL for no change) 1688 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates 1689 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station 1690 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station 1691 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification 1692 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used 1693 * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station 1694 * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities 1695 * @txpwr: transmit power for an associated station 1696 * @txpwr_set: txpwr field is set 1697 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz Band capabilities of station 1698 * @eht_capa: EHT capabilities of station 1699 * @eht_capa_len: the length of the EHT capabilities 1700 * @s1g_capa: S1G capabilities of station 1701 */ 1702struct link_station_parameters { 1703 const u8 *mld_mac; 1704 int link_id; 1705 const u8 *link_mac; 1706 const u8 *supported_rates; 1707 u8 supported_rates_len; 1708 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa; 1709 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa; 1710 u8 opmode_notif; 1711 bool opmode_notif_used; 1712 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa; 1713 u8 he_capa_len; 1714 struct sta_txpwr txpwr; 1715 bool txpwr_set; 1716 const struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa *he_6ghz_capa; 1717 const struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem *eht_capa; 1718 u8 eht_capa_len; 1719 const struct ieee80211_s1g_cap *s1g_capa; 1720}; 1721 1722/** 1723 * struct link_station_del_parameters - link station deletion parameters 1724 * 1725 * Used to delete a link station entry (or all stations). 1726 * 1727 * @mld_mac: MAC address of the station 1728 * @link_id: the link id 1729 */ 1730struct link_station_del_parameters { 1731 const u8 *mld_mac; 1732 u32 link_id; 1733}; 1734 1735/** 1736 * struct cfg80211_ttlm_params: TID to link mapping parameters 1737 * 1738 * Used for setting a TID to link mapping. 1739 * 1740 * @dlink: Downlink TID to link mapping, as defined in section 9.4.2.314 1741 * (TID-To-Link Mapping element) in Draft P802.11be_D4.0. 1742 * @ulink: Uplink TID to link mapping, as defined in section 9.4.2.314 1743 * (TID-To-Link Mapping element) in Draft P802.11be_D4.0. 1744 */ 1745struct cfg80211_ttlm_params { 1746 u16 dlink[8]; 1747 u16 ulink[8]; 1748}; 1749 1750/** 1751 * struct station_parameters - station parameters 1752 * 1753 * Used to change and create a new station. 1754 * 1755 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to 1756 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed 1757 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1758 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values 1759 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1760 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change 1761 * @aid: AID or zero for no change 1762 * @vlan_id: VLAN ID for station (if nonzero) 1763 * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change 1764 * @plink_action: plink action to take 1765 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station 1766 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format 1767 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 1768 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the 1769 * QoS info field (but already shifted down) 1770 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed 1771 * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value), 1772 * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask 1773 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set 1774 * to unknown) 1775 * @capability: station capability 1776 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station 1777 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities 1778 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format 1779 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels 1780 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format 1781 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes 1782 * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism 1783 * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station 1784 * @eml_cap_present: Specifies if EML capabilities field (@eml_cap) is 1785 * present/updated 1786 * @eml_cap: EML capabilities of this station 1787 * @link_sta_params: link related params. 1788 */ 1789struct station_parameters { 1790 struct net_device *vlan; 1791 u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set; 1792 u32 sta_modify_mask; 1793 int listen_interval; 1794 u16 aid; 1795 u16 vlan_id; 1796 u16 peer_aid; 1797 u8 plink_action; 1798 u8 plink_state; 1799 u8 uapsd_queues; 1800 u8 max_sp; 1801 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1802 u16 capability; 1803 const u8 *ext_capab; 1804 u8 ext_capab_len; 1805 const u8 *supported_channels; 1806 u8 supported_channels_len; 1807 const u8 *supported_oper_classes; 1808 u8 supported_oper_classes_len; 1809 int support_p2p_ps; 1810 u16 airtime_weight; 1811 bool eml_cap_present; 1812 u16 eml_cap; 1813 struct link_station_parameters link_sta_params; 1814}; 1815 1816/** 1817 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters 1818 * 1819 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations). 1820 * 1821 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations 1822 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal 1823 * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication) 1824 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame 1825 * @link_id: Link ID indicating a link that stations to be flushed must be 1826 * using; valid only for MLO, but can also be -1 for MLO to really 1827 * remove all stations. 1828 */ 1829struct station_del_parameters { 1830 const u8 *mac; 1831 u8 subtype; 1832 u16 reason_code; 1833 int link_id; 1834}; 1835 1836/** 1837 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified 1838 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface 1839 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still 1840 * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted) 1841 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has 1842 * the AP MLME in the device 1843 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface 1844 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station 1845 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry 1846 * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when 1847 * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is 1848 * supported/used) 1849 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active 1850 * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace) 1851 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed) 1852 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed) 1853 */ 1854enum cfg80211_station_type { 1855 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT, 1856 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC, 1857 CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT, 1858 CFG80211_STA_AP_STA, 1859 CFG80211_STA_IBSS, 1860 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP, 1861 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE, 1862 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL, 1863 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER, 1864}; 1865 1866/** 1867 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes 1868 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on 1869 * @params: the new parameters for a station 1870 * @statype: the type of station being modified 1871 * 1872 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function 1873 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that 1874 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable. 1875 * 1876 * Return: 0 if the change is acceptable, otherwise an error code. Note that 1877 * it may modify the parameters for backward compatibility reasons, so don't 1878 * use them before calling this. 1879 */ 1880int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1881 struct station_parameters *params, 1882 enum cfg80211_station_type statype); 1883 1884/** 1885 * enum rate_info_flags - bitrate info flags 1886 * 1887 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1888 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1889 * 1890 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS 1891 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS 1892 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 1893 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS 1894 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information 1895 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode 1896 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG: 60GHz extended SC MCS 1897 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS information 1898 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_S1G_MCS: MCS field filled with S1G MCS 1899 */ 1900enum rate_info_flags { 1901 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0), 1902 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1), 1903 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2), 1904 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG = BIT(3), 1905 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS = BIT(4), 1906 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG = BIT(5), 1907 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG = BIT(6), 1908 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EHT_MCS = BIT(7), 1909 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_S1G_MCS = BIT(8), 1910}; 1911 1912/** 1913 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information 1914 * 1915 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth. 1916 * 1917 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth 1918 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth 1919 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth 1920 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth 1921 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth 1922 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth 1923 * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation 1924 * @RATE_INFO_BW_320: 320 MHz bandwidth 1925 * @RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU: bandwidth determined by EHT RU allocation 1926 * @RATE_INFO_BW_1: 1 MHz bandwidth 1927 * @RATE_INFO_BW_2: 2 MHz bandwidth 1928 * @RATE_INFO_BW_4: 4 MHz bandwidth 1929 * @RATE_INFO_BW_8: 8 MHz bandwidth 1930 * @RATE_INFO_BW_16: 16 MHz bandwidth 1931 */ 1932enum rate_info_bw { 1933 RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0, 1934 RATE_INFO_BW_5, 1935 RATE_INFO_BW_10, 1936 RATE_INFO_BW_40, 1937 RATE_INFO_BW_80, 1938 RATE_INFO_BW_160, 1939 RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU, 1940 RATE_INFO_BW_320, 1941 RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU, 1942 RATE_INFO_BW_1, 1943 RATE_INFO_BW_2, 1944 RATE_INFO_BW_4, 1945 RATE_INFO_BW_8, 1946 RATE_INFO_BW_16, 1947}; 1948 1949/** 1950 * struct rate_info - bitrate information 1951 * 1952 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate 1953 * 1954 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags 1955 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg 1956 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE/EHT/S1G rate 1957 * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only) 1958 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw) 1959 * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi) 1960 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value 1961 * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc, 1962 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU) 1963 * @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4) 1964 * @eht_gi: EHT guard interval (from &enum nl80211_eht_gi) 1965 * @eht_ru_alloc: EHT RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc, 1966 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_EHT_RU) 1967 */ 1968struct rate_info { 1969 u16 flags; 1970 u16 legacy; 1971 u8 mcs; 1972 u8 nss; 1973 u8 bw; 1974 u8 he_gi; 1975 u8 he_dcm; 1976 u8 he_ru_alloc; 1977 u8 n_bonded_ch; 1978 u8 eht_gi; 1979 u8 eht_ru_alloc; 1980}; 1981 1982/** 1983 * enum bss_param_flags - bitrate info flags 1984 * 1985 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1986 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1987 * 1988 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled 1989 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1990 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 1991 */ 1992enum bss_param_flags { 1993 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = BIT(0), 1994 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = BIT(1), 1995 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = BIT(2), 1996}; 1997 1998/** 1999 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station 2000 * 2001 * Information about the currently associated BSS 2002 * 2003 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags 2004 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS 2005 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 2006 */ 2007struct sta_bss_parameters { 2008 u8 flags; 2009 u8 dtim_period; 2010 u16 beacon_interval; 2011}; 2012 2013/** 2014 * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID 2015 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to 2016 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 2017 * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged 2018 * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged 2019 * @flows: number of new flows seen 2020 * @drops: total number of packets dropped 2021 * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE 2022 * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow 2023 * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 2024 * @collisions: number of hash collisions 2025 * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued 2026 * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued 2027 * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported 2028 */ 2029struct cfg80211_txq_stats { 2030 u32 filled; 2031 u32 backlog_bytes; 2032 u32 backlog_packets; 2033 u32 flows; 2034 u32 drops; 2035 u32 ecn_marks; 2036 u32 overlimit; 2037 u32 overmemory; 2038 u32 collisions; 2039 u32 tx_bytes; 2040 u32 tx_packets; 2041 u32 max_flows; 2042}; 2043 2044/** 2045 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics 2046 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to 2047 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 2048 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs 2049 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs 2050 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for 2051 * transmitted MSDUs 2052 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs 2053 * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics 2054 */ 2055struct cfg80211_tid_stats { 2056 u32 filled; 2057 u64 rx_msdu; 2058 u64 tx_msdu; 2059 u64 tx_msdu_retries; 2060 u64 tx_msdu_failed; 2061 struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats; 2062}; 2063 2064#define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4 2065 2066/** 2067 * struct link_station_info - link station information 2068 * 2069 * Link station information filled by driver for get_station() and 2070 * dump_station(). 2071 * @filled: bit flag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to 2072 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 2073 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a link of station is last connected 2074 * @inactive_time: time since last activity for link station(tx/rx) 2075 * in milliseconds 2076 * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association of link of station 2077 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this link of station 2078 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this link of station 2079 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 2080 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 2081 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's 2082 * signal_type. For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_ 2083 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg 2084 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm 2085 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm 2086 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this link of station 2087 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this link of station 2088 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this link of station 2089 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this link of station 2090 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs) for this link of station 2091 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK) 2092 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason. 2093 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters 2094 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered. 2095 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers) 2096 * towards this station. 2097 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer 2098 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received 2099 * from this peer 2100 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer 2101 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer 2102 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight 2103 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last 2104 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs. 2105 * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL. 2106 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame. 2107 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has 2108 * been sent. 2109 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station 2110 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with 2111 * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the 2112 * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address. 2113 * @addr: For MLO STA connection, filled with address of the link of station. 2114 */ 2115struct link_station_info { 2116 u64 filled; 2117 u32 connected_time; 2118 u32 inactive_time; 2119 u64 assoc_at; 2120 u64 rx_bytes; 2121 u64 tx_bytes; 2122 s8 signal; 2123 s8 signal_avg; 2124 2125 u8 chains; 2126 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2127 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2128 2129 struct rate_info txrate; 2130 struct rate_info rxrate; 2131 u32 rx_packets; 2132 u32 tx_packets; 2133 u32 tx_retries; 2134 u32 tx_failed; 2135 u32 rx_dropped_misc; 2136 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param; 2137 2138 u32 beacon_loss_count; 2139 2140 u32 expected_throughput; 2141 2142 u64 tx_duration; 2143 u64 rx_duration; 2144 u64 rx_beacon; 2145 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg; 2146 2147 u16 airtime_weight; 2148 2149 s8 ack_signal; 2150 s8 avg_ack_signal; 2151 struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid; 2152 2153 u32 rx_mpdu_count; 2154 u32 fcs_err_count; 2155 2156 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2157}; 2158 2159/** 2160 * struct station_info - station information 2161 * 2162 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station. 2163 * 2164 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to 2165 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 2166 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected 2167 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds 2168 * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association 2169 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station 2170 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station 2171 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 2172 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 2173 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 2174 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 2175 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg 2176 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm 2177 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm 2178 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station 2179 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station 2180 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station 2181 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station 2182 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs) 2183 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK) 2184 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason. 2185 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters 2186 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 2187 * This number should increase every time the list of stations 2188 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 2189 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 2190 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered. 2191 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request. 2192 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use 2193 * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for 2194 * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. 2195 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets. 2196 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values 2197 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host. 2198 * @llid: mesh local link id 2199 * @plid: mesh peer link id 2200 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state 2201 * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate 2202 * @connected_to_as: true if mesh STA has a path to authentication server 2203 * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric. 2204 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode 2205 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode 2206 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode 2207 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers) 2208 * towards this station. 2209 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer 2210 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received 2211 * from this peer 2212 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer 2213 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer 2214 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight 2215 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last 2216 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs. 2217 * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL. 2218 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame. 2219 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has 2220 * been sent. 2221 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station 2222 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with 2223 * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the 2224 * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address. 2225 * @mlo_params_valid: Indicates @assoc_link_id and @mld_addr fields are filled 2226 * by driver. Drivers use this only in cfg80211_new_sta() calls when AP 2227 * MLD's MLME/SME is offload to driver. Drivers won't fill this 2228 * information in cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), get_station() and 2229 * dump_station() callbacks. 2230 * @assoc_link_id: Indicates MLO link ID of the AP, with which the station 2231 * completed (re)association. This information filled for both MLO 2232 * and non-MLO STA connections when the AP affiliated with an MLD. 2233 * @mld_addr: For MLO STA connection, filled with MLD address of the station. 2234 * For non-MLO STA connection, filled with all zeros. 2235 * @assoc_resp_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Response. 2236 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use user 2237 * space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided only for the 2238 * cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. Drivers won't 2239 * fill this information in cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), get_station() and 2240 * dump_station() callbacks. User space needs this information to determine 2241 * the accepted and rejected affiliated links of the connected station. 2242 * @assoc_resp_ies_len: Length of @assoc_resp_ies buffer in octets. 2243 * @valid_links: bitmap of valid links, or 0 for non-MLO. Drivers fill this 2244 * information in cfg80211_new_sta(), cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(), 2245 * get_station() and dump_station() callbacks. 2246 * @links: reference to Link sta entries for MLO STA, all link specific 2247 * information is accessed through links[link_id]. 2248 */ 2249struct station_info { 2250 u64 filled; 2251 u32 connected_time; 2252 u32 inactive_time; 2253 u64 assoc_at; 2254 u64 rx_bytes; 2255 u64 tx_bytes; 2256 s8 signal; 2257 s8 signal_avg; 2258 2259 u8 chains; 2260 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2261 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2262 2263 struct rate_info txrate; 2264 struct rate_info rxrate; 2265 u32 rx_packets; 2266 u32 tx_packets; 2267 u32 tx_retries; 2268 u32 tx_failed; 2269 u32 rx_dropped_misc; 2270 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param; 2271 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags; 2272 2273 int generation; 2274 2275 u32 beacon_loss_count; 2276 2277 const u8 *assoc_req_ies; 2278 size_t assoc_req_ies_len; 2279 2280 s64 t_offset; 2281 u16 llid; 2282 u16 plid; 2283 u8 plink_state; 2284 u8 connected_to_gate; 2285 u8 connected_to_as; 2286 u32 airtime_link_metric; 2287 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 2288 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm; 2289 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm; 2290 2291 u32 expected_throughput; 2292 2293 u16 airtime_weight; 2294 2295 s8 ack_signal; 2296 s8 avg_ack_signal; 2297 struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid; 2298 2299 u64 tx_duration; 2300 u64 rx_duration; 2301 u64 rx_beacon; 2302 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg; 2303 2304 u32 rx_mpdu_count; 2305 u32 fcs_err_count; 2306 2307 bool mlo_params_valid; 2308 u8 assoc_link_id; 2309 u8 mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2310 const u8 *assoc_resp_ies; 2311 size_t assoc_resp_ies_len; 2312 2313 u16 valid_links; 2314 struct link_station_info *links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 2315}; 2316 2317/** 2318 * struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs - sub specs limit 2319 * @power: power limitation in 0.25dbm 2320 * @freq_range_index: index the power limitation applies to 2321 */ 2322struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs { 2323 s32 power; 2324 u32 freq_range_index; 2325}; 2326 2327/** 2328 * struct cfg80211_sar_specs - sar limit specs 2329 * @type: it's set with power in 0.25dbm or other types 2330 * @num_sub_specs: number of sar sub specs 2331 * @sub_specs: memory to hold the sar sub specs 2332 */ 2333struct cfg80211_sar_specs { 2334 enum nl80211_sar_type type; 2335 u32 num_sub_specs; 2336 struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs sub_specs[] __counted_by(num_sub_specs); 2337}; 2338 2339 2340/** 2341 * struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges - sar frequency ranges 2342 * @start_freq: start range edge frequency 2343 * @end_freq: end range edge frequency 2344 */ 2345struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges { 2346 u32 start_freq; 2347 u32 end_freq; 2348}; 2349 2350/** 2351 * struct cfg80211_sar_capa - sar limit capability 2352 * @type: it's set via power in 0.25dbm or other types 2353 * @num_freq_ranges: number of frequency ranges 2354 * @freq_ranges: memory to hold the freq ranges. 2355 * 2356 * Note: WLAN driver may append new ranges or split an existing 2357 * range to small ones and then append them. 2358 */ 2359struct cfg80211_sar_capa { 2360 enum nl80211_sar_type type; 2361 u32 num_freq_ranges; 2362 const struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges *freq_ranges; 2363}; 2364 2365#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 2366/** 2367 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station 2368 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to 2369 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest 2370 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information 2371 * 2372 * Return: 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information 2373 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be 2374 * considered undefined. 2375 */ 2376int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 2377 struct station_info *sinfo); 2378#else 2379static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, 2380 const u8 *mac_addr, 2381 struct station_info *sinfo) 2382{ 2383 return -ENOENT; 2384} 2385#endif 2386 2387/** 2388 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags 2389 * 2390 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits 2391 * according to the nl80211 flags. 2392 * 2393 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed 2394 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 2395 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 2396 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 2397 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 2398 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: deprecated, will unconditionally be refused 2399 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address 2400 * @MONITOR_FLAG_SKIP_TX: do not pass locally transmitted frames 2401 */ 2402enum monitor_flags { 2403 MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = BIT(__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID), 2404 MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL), 2405 MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL), 2406 MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL), 2407 MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS), 2408 MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES), 2409 MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE), 2410 MONITOR_FLAG_SKIP_TX = BIT(NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_SKIP_TX), 2411}; 2412 2413/** 2414 * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags 2415 * 2416 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled 2417 * in during get_station() or dump_station(). 2418 * 2419 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled 2420 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled 2421 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled 2422 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled 2423 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled 2424 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled 2425 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled 2426 * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled 2427 * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled 2428 */ 2429enum mpath_info_flags { 2430 MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0), 2431 MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1), 2432 MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2), 2433 MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3), 2434 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4), 2435 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5), 2436 MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6), 2437 MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT = BIT(7), 2438 MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE = BIT(8), 2439}; 2440 2441/** 2442 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information 2443 * 2444 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath(). 2445 * 2446 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags 2447 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination 2448 * @sn: target sequence number 2449 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path 2450 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs 2451 * @flags: mesh path flags from &enum mesh_path_flags 2452 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs 2453 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries 2454 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 2455 * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths 2456 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 2457 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 2458 * @hop_count: hops to destination 2459 * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination 2460 */ 2461struct mpath_info { 2462 u32 filled; 2463 u32 frame_qlen; 2464 u32 sn; 2465 u32 metric; 2466 u32 exptime; 2467 u32 discovery_timeout; 2468 u8 discovery_retries; 2469 u8 flags; 2470 u8 hop_count; 2471 u32 path_change_count; 2472 2473 int generation; 2474}; 2475 2476/** 2477 * enum wiphy_bss_param_flags - bit positions for supported bss parameters. 2478 * 2479 * @WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: support changing CTS protection. 2480 * @WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: support changing short preamble usage. 2481 * @WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: support changing short slot time usage. 2482 * @WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_BASIC_RATES: support reconfiguring basic rates. 2483 * @WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_AP_ISOLATE: support changing AP isolation. 2484 * @WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_HT_OPMODE: support changing HT operating mode. 2485 * @WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_P2P_CTWINDOW: support reconfiguring ctwindow. 2486 * @WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_P2P_OPPPS: support changing P2P opportunistic power-save. 2487 */ 2488enum wiphy_bss_param_flags { 2489 WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT = BIT(0), 2490 WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE = BIT(1), 2491 WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = BIT(2), 2492 WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_BASIC_RATES = BIT(3), 2493 WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_AP_ISOLATE = BIT(4), 2494 WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_HT_OPMODE = BIT(5), 2495 WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_P2P_CTWINDOW = BIT(6), 2496 WIPHY_BSS_PARAM_P2P_OPPPS = BIT(7), 2497}; 2498 2499/** 2500 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters 2501 * 2502 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode). 2503 * 2504 * @link_id: link_id or -1 for non-MLD 2505 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection 2506 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2507 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed 2508 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2509 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed 2510 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2511 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format 2512 * (or NULL for no change) 2513 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates 2514 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations 2515 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2516 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode 2517 * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change) 2518 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change) 2519 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change) 2520 */ 2521struct bss_parameters { 2522 int link_id; 2523 int use_cts_prot; 2524 int use_short_preamble; 2525 int use_short_slot_time; 2526 const u8 *basic_rates; 2527 u8 basic_rates_len; 2528 int ap_isolate; 2529 int ht_opmode; 2530 s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps; 2531}; 2532 2533/** 2534 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration 2535 * 2536 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active. 2537 * 2538 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used 2539 * by the Mesh Peering Open message 2540 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units 2541 * used by the Mesh Peering Open message 2542 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by 2543 * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering 2544 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this 2545 * mesh interface 2546 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can 2547 * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh 2548 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA 2549 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection 2550 * elements 2551 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we 2552 * detect compatible mesh peers 2553 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to 2554 * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 2555 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ 2556 * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target 2557 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds 2558 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on 2559 * a path discovery in milliseconds 2560 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 2561 * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the 2562 * root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 2563 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 2564 * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 2565 * element 2566 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 2567 * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR 2568 * element 2569 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that 2570 * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh 2571 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA 2572 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root 2573 * announcements are transmitted 2574 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh 2575 * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is 2576 * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true 2577 * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but 2578 * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the 2579 * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec) 2580 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding 2581 * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 2582 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate 2583 * station to establish a peer link 2584 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode 2585 * 2586 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 2587 * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to 2588 * the root mesh STA to be valid. 2589 * 2590 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive 2591 * PREQs are transmitted. 2592 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs) 2593 * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing 2594 * a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 2595 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial 2596 * setting for new peer links. 2597 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake 2598 * after transmitting its beacon. 2599 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established 2600 * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it 2601 * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes. 2602 * @dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer: if set to true then this mesh STA 2603 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server 2604 * in the mesh formation field. 2605 * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is 2606 * connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info. If false, the 2607 * value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths 2608 * in the mesh path table 2609 * @dot11MeshNolearn: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. PREQ/PREP 2610 * for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that this might 2611 * not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be better. So 2612 * if using this setting you will likely also want to disable 2613 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top. 2614 */ 2615struct mesh_config { 2616 u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout; 2617 u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout; 2618 u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout; 2619 u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks; 2620 u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries; 2621 u8 dot11MeshTTL; 2622 u8 element_ttl; 2623 bool auto_open_plinks; 2624 u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor; 2625 u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries; 2626 u32 path_refresh_time; 2627 u16 min_discovery_timeout; 2628 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout; 2629 u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval; 2630 u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval; 2631 u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime; 2632 u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode; 2633 bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate; 2634 bool dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer; 2635 u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval; 2636 bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol; 2637 bool dot11MeshForwarding; 2638 s32 rssi_threshold; 2639 u16 ht_opmode; 2640 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout; 2641 u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval; 2642 u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval; 2643 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode; 2644 u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration; 2645 u32 plink_timeout; 2646 bool dot11MeshNolearn; 2647}; 2648 2649/** 2650 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration 2651 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 2652 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID 2653 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes 2654 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use 2655 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use 2656 * @path_metric: which metric to use 2657 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using 2658 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional) 2659 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements 2660 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication 2661 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security 2662 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions 2663 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use 2664 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 2665 * @mcast_rate: multicast rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a] 2666 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh 2667 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 2668 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 2669 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 2670 * to operate on DFS channels. 2671 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 2672 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 2673 * 2674 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created. 2675 */ 2676struct mesh_setup { 2677 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2678 const u8 *mesh_id; 2679 u8 mesh_id_len; 2680 u8 sync_method; 2681 u8 path_sel_proto; 2682 u8 path_metric; 2683 u8 auth_id; 2684 const u8 *ie; 2685 u8 ie_len; 2686 bool is_authenticated; 2687 bool is_secure; 2688 bool user_mpm; 2689 u8 dtim_period; 2690 u16 beacon_interval; 2691 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2692 u32 basic_rates; 2693 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 2694 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 2695 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 2696}; 2697 2698/** 2699 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration 2700 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 2701 * 2702 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network 2703 */ 2704struct ocb_setup { 2705 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2706}; 2707 2708/** 2709 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters 2710 * @ac: AC identifier 2711 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled 2712 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 2713 * 1..32767] 2714 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 2715 * 1..32767] 2716 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 2717 * @link_id: link_id or -1 for non-MLD 2718 */ 2719struct ieee80211_txq_params { 2720 enum nl80211_ac ac; 2721 u16 txop; 2722 u16 cwmin; 2723 u16 cwmax; 2724 u8 aifs; 2725 int link_id; 2726}; 2727 2728/** 2729 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling 2730 * 2731 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite 2732 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will 2733 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the 2734 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the 2735 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to 2736 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements 2737 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be 2738 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised 2739 * in the wiphy structure. 2740 * 2741 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because 2742 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not 2743 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist. 2744 * 2745 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of 2746 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the 2747 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available 2748 * to userspace. 2749 */ 2750 2751/** 2752 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description 2753 * @ssid: the SSID 2754 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid 2755 */ 2756struct cfg80211_ssid { 2757 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 2758 u8 ssid_len; 2759}; 2760 2761/** 2762 * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan 2763 * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the 2764 * wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this 2765 * information is not available, this field is left zero. 2766 * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set. 2767 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason, 2768 * userspace will be notified of that 2769 */ 2770struct cfg80211_scan_info { 2771 u64 scan_start_tsf; 2772 u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2773 bool aborted; 2774}; 2775 2776/** 2777 * struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params - relevant for 6 GHz only 2778 * 2779 * @short_ssid: short ssid to scan for 2780 * @bssid: bssid to scan for 2781 * @channel_idx: idx of the channel in the channel array in the scan request 2782 * which the above info is relevant to 2783 * @unsolicited_probe: the AP transmits unsolicited probe response every 20 TU 2784 * @short_ssid_valid: @short_ssid is valid and can be used 2785 * @psc_no_listen: when set, and the channel is a PSC channel, no need to wait 2786 * 20 TUs before starting to send probe requests. 2787 * @psd_20: The AP's 20 MHz PSD value. 2788 */ 2789struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params { 2790 u32 short_ssid; 2791 u32 channel_idx; 2792 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2793 bool unsolicited_probe; 2794 bool short_ssid_valid; 2795 bool psc_no_listen; 2796 s8 psd_20; 2797}; 2798 2799/** 2800 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description 2801 * 2802 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only) 2803 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2804 * @channels: channels to scan on. 2805 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2806 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2807 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2808 * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If 2809 * %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and 2810 * the actual dwell time may be shorter. 2811 * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the 2812 * %duration field. 2813 * @flags: control flags from &enum nl80211_scan_flags 2814 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band 2815 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2816 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started 2817 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for 2818 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band 2819 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2820 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2821 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2822 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2823 * @scan_6ghz: relevant for split scan request only, 2824 * true if this is a 6 GHz scan request 2825 * @first_part: %true if this is the first part of a split scan request or a 2826 * scan that was not split. May be %true for a @scan_6ghz scan if no other 2827 * channels were requested 2828 * @n_6ghz_params: number of 6 GHz params 2829 * @scan_6ghz_params: 6 GHz params 2830 * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID) 2831 * @tsf_report_link_id: for MLO, indicates the link ID of the BSS that should be 2832 * used for TSF reporting. Can be set to -1 to indicate no preference. 2833 */ 2834struct cfg80211_scan_request { 2835 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2836 int n_ssids; 2837 u32 n_channels; 2838 const u8 *ie; 2839 size_t ie_len; 2840 u16 duration; 2841 bool duration_mandatory; 2842 u32 flags; 2843 2844 u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2845 2846 struct wireless_dev *wdev; 2847 2848 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2849 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2850 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2851 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2852 unsigned long scan_start; 2853 bool no_cck; 2854 bool scan_6ghz; 2855 bool first_part; 2856 u32 n_6ghz_params; 2857 struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params *scan_6ghz_params; 2858 s8 tsf_report_link_id; 2859 2860 /* keep last */ 2861 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[]; 2862}; 2863 2864static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask) 2865{ 2866 int i; 2867 2868 get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN); 2869 for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) { 2870 buf[i] &= ~mask[i]; 2871 buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i]; 2872 } 2873} 2874 2875/** 2876 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match 2877 * 2878 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match 2879 * or no match (RSSI only) 2880 * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match 2881 * or no match (RSSI only) 2882 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm) 2883 */ 2884struct cfg80211_match_set { 2885 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 2886 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2887 s32 rssi_thold; 2888}; 2889 2890/** 2891 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan 2892 * 2893 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds. 2894 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means 2895 * infinite loop. 2896 * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero, 2897 * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations. 2898 */ 2899struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan { 2900 u32 interval; 2901 u32 iterations; 2902}; 2903 2904/** 2905 * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment. 2906 * 2907 * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment. 2908 * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment. 2909 */ 2910struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust { 2911 enum nl80211_band band; 2912 s8 delta; 2913}; 2914 2915/** 2916 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description 2917 * 2918 * @reqid: identifies this request. 2919 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans) 2920 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2921 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2922 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2923 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2924 * @flags: control flags from &enum nl80211_scan_flags 2925 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result 2926 * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host 2927 * (others are filtered out). 2928 * If omitted, all results are passed. 2929 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets 2930 * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request 2931 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2932 * @dev: the interface 2933 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan 2934 * @channels: channels to scan 2935 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this 2936 * contains the minimum over all matchsets 2937 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2938 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2939 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2940 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2941 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest 2942 * index must be executed first. 2943 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1. 2944 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct 2945 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request 2946 * owned by a particular socket) 2947 * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed 2948 * @list: for keeping list of requests. 2949 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan 2950 * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start 2951 * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not 2952 * supported. 2953 * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not. 2954 * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result 2955 * reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined 2956 * to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS. 2957 * The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state. 2958 * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong 2959 * to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported 2960 * using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that 2961 * belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative 2962 * comparisons. 2963 */ 2964struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request { 2965 u64 reqid; 2966 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2967 int n_ssids; 2968 u32 n_channels; 2969 const u8 *ie; 2970 size_t ie_len; 2971 u32 flags; 2972 struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets; 2973 int n_match_sets; 2974 s32 min_rssi_thold; 2975 u32 delay; 2976 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans; 2977 int n_scan_plans; 2978 2979 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2980 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2981 2982 bool relative_rssi_set; 2983 s8 relative_rssi; 2984 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust; 2985 2986 /* internal */ 2987 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2988 struct net_device *dev; 2989 unsigned long scan_start; 2990 bool report_results; 2991 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2992 u32 owner_nlportid; 2993 bool nl_owner_dead; 2994 struct list_head list; 2995 2996 /* keep last */ 2997 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[] __counted_by(n_channels); 2998}; 2999 3000/** 3001 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type 3002 * 3003 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available 3004 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm) 3005 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100 3006 */ 3007enum cfg80211_signal_type { 3008 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE, 3009 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, 3010 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC, 3011}; 3012 3013/** 3014 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data 3015 * @chan: channel the frame was received on 3016 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's 3017 * signal type 3018 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was 3019 * received; should match the time when the frame was actually 3020 * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was 3021 * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms. 3022 * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of 3023 * ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate. 3024 * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the 3025 * timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified 3026 * by %parent_bssid. 3027 * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to 3028 * the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received. 3029 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 3030 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 3031 * @restrict_use: restrict usage, if not set, assume @use_for is 3032 * %NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL. 3033 * @use_for: bitmap of possible usage for this BSS, see 3034 * &enum nl80211_bss_use_for 3035 * @cannot_use_reasons: the reasons (bitmap) for not being able to connect, 3036 * if @restrict_use is set and @use_for is zero (empty); may be 0 for 3037 * unspecified reasons; see &enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons 3038 * @drv_data: Data to be passed through to @inform_bss 3039 */ 3040struct cfg80211_inform_bss { 3041 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 3042 s32 signal; 3043 u64 boottime_ns; 3044 u64 parent_tsf; 3045 u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3046 u8 chains; 3047 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 3048 3049 u8 restrict_use:1, use_for:7; 3050 u8 cannot_use_reasons; 3051 3052 void *drv_data; 3053}; 3054 3055/** 3056 * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data 3057 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs 3058 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing 3059 * @len: length of the IEs 3060 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon 3061 * @data: IE data 3062 */ 3063struct cfg80211_bss_ies { 3064 u64 tsf; 3065 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 3066 int len; 3067 bool from_beacon; 3068 u8 data[]; 3069}; 3070 3071/** 3072 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description 3073 * 3074 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network) 3075 * for use in scan results and similar. 3076 * 3077 * @channel: channel this BSS is on 3078 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS 3079 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame 3080 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order 3081 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these 3082 * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or 3083 * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been 3084 * received. It is always non-%NULL. 3085 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame 3086 * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't 3087 * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the 3088 * @hidden_beacon_bss struct) 3089 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame 3090 * @proberesp_ecsa_stuck: ECSA element is stuck in the Probe Response frame, 3091 * cannot rely on it having valid data 3092 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from 3093 * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct 3094 * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and 3095 * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case. 3096 * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a 3097 * non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support) 3098 * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one 3099 * (multi-BSSID support) 3100 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type) 3101 * @ts_boottime: timestamp of the last BSS update in nanoseconds since boot 3102 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 3103 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 3104 * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set 3105 * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set 3106 * @use_for: bitmap of possible usage for this BSS, see 3107 * &enum nl80211_bss_use_for 3108 * @cannot_use_reasons: the reasons (bitmap) for not being able to connect, 3109 * if @restrict_use is set and @use_for is zero (empty); may be 0 for 3110 * unspecified reasons; see &enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons 3111 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes 3112 */ 3113struct cfg80211_bss { 3114 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 3115 3116 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies; 3117 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies; 3118 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies; 3119 3120 struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss; 3121 struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss; 3122 struct list_head nontrans_list; 3123 3124 s32 signal; 3125 3126 u64 ts_boottime; 3127 3128 u16 beacon_interval; 3129 u16 capability; 3130 3131 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 3132 u8 chains; 3133 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 3134 3135 u8 proberesp_ecsa_stuck:1; 3136 3137 u8 bssid_index; 3138 u8 max_bssid_indicator; 3139 3140 u8 use_for; 3141 u8 cannot_use_reasons; 3142 3143 u8 priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); 3144}; 3145 3146/** 3147 * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID 3148 * @bss: the bss to search 3149 * @id: the element ID 3150 * 3151 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 3152 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 3153 * Return: %NULL if not found. 3154 */ 3155const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id); 3156 3157/** 3158 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID 3159 * @bss: the bss to search 3160 * @id: the element ID 3161 * 3162 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 3163 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 3164 * Return: %NULL if not found. 3165 */ 3166static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id) 3167{ 3168 return (const void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id); 3169} 3170 3171 3172/** 3173 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data 3174 * 3175 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3176 * authentication. 3177 * 3178 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference 3179 * to it if it needs to keep it. 3180 * @supported_selectors: List of selectors that should be assumed to be 3181 * supported by the station. 3182 * SAE_H2E must be assumed supported if set to %NULL. 3183 * @supported_selectors_len: Length of supported_selectors in octets. 3184 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 3185 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL 3186 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 3187 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 3188 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 3189 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 3190 * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains 3191 * the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the 3192 * Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication 3193 * transaction sequence number field. 3194 * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets 3195 * @link_id: if >= 0, indicates authentication should be done as an MLD, 3196 * the interface address is included as the MLD address and the 3197 * necessary link (with the given link_id) will be created (and 3198 * given an MLD address) by the driver 3199 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address in case of authentication request with 3200 * an AP MLD, valid iff @link_id >= 0 3201 */ 3202struct cfg80211_auth_request { 3203 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 3204 const u8 *ie; 3205 size_t ie_len; 3206 const u8 *supported_selectors; 3207 u8 supported_selectors_len; 3208 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 3209 const u8 *key; 3210 u8 key_len; 3211 s8 key_idx; 3212 const u8 *auth_data; 3213 size_t auth_data_len; 3214 s8 link_id; 3215 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 3216}; 3217 3218/** 3219 * struct cfg80211_assoc_link - per-link information for MLO association 3220 * @bss: the BSS pointer, see also &struct cfg80211_assoc_request::bss; 3221 * if this is %NULL for a link, that link is not requested 3222 * @elems: extra elements for the per-STA profile for this link 3223 * @elems_len: length of the elements 3224 * @error: per-link error code, must be <= 0. If there is an error, then the 3225 * operation as a whole must fail. 3226 */ 3227struct cfg80211_assoc_link { 3228 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 3229 const u8 *elems; 3230 size_t elems_len; 3231 int error; 3232}; 3233 3234/** 3235 * struct cfg80211_ml_reconf_req - MLO link reconfiguration request 3236 * @add_links: data for links to add, see &struct cfg80211_assoc_link 3237 * @rem_links: bitmap of links to remove 3238 * @ext_mld_capa_ops: extended MLD capabilities and operations set by 3239 * userspace for the ML reconfiguration action frame 3240 */ 3241struct cfg80211_ml_reconf_req { 3242 struct cfg80211_assoc_link add_links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 3243 u16 rem_links; 3244 u16 ext_mld_capa_ops; 3245}; 3246 3247/** 3248 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association. 3249 * 3250 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n) 3251 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT 3252 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association 3253 * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external 3254 * authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to 3255 * userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect() 3256 * request (connect callback). 3257 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE: Disable HE 3258 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT: Disable EHT 3259 * @CONNECT_REQ_MLO_SUPPORT: Userspace indicates support for handling MLD links. 3260 * Drivers shall disable MLO features for the current association if this 3261 * flag is not set. 3262 * @ASSOC_REQ_SPP_AMSDU: SPP A-MSDUs will be used on this connection (if any) 3263 */ 3264enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags { 3265 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0), 3266 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1), 3267 ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2), 3268 CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(3), 3269 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE = BIT(4), 3270 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_EHT = BIT(5), 3271 CONNECT_REQ_MLO_SUPPORT = BIT(6), 3272 ASSOC_REQ_SPP_AMSDU = BIT(7), 3273}; 3274 3275/** 3276 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data 3277 * 3278 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3279 * (re)association. 3280 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is 3281 * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc() 3282 * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new 3283 * association requests while already associating must be rejected. 3284 * This also applies to the @links.bss parameter, which is used instead 3285 * of this one (it is %NULL) for MLO associations. 3286 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL 3287 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 3288 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association 3289 * @crypto: crypto settings 3290 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 3291 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 3292 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 3293 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 3294 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 3295 * frame. 3296 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 3297 * @supported_selectors: supported BSS selectors in IEEE 802.11 format 3298 * (or %NULL for no change). 3299 * If %NULL, then support for SAE_H2E should be assumed. 3300 * @supported_selectors_len: number of supported BSS selectors 3301 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 3302 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 3303 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 3304 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override 3305 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use 3306 * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or 3307 * %NULL if FILS is not used. 3308 * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets 3309 * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association 3310 * Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts 3311 * with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 3312 * @s1g_capa: S1G capability override 3313 * @s1g_capa_mask: S1G capability override mask 3314 * @links: per-link information for MLO connections 3315 * @link_id: >= 0 for MLO connections, where links are given, and indicates 3316 * the link on which the association request should be sent 3317 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address in case of MLO association request, 3318 * valid iff @link_id >= 0 3319 * @ext_mld_capa_ops: extended MLD capabilities and operations set by 3320 * userspace for the association 3321 */ 3322struct cfg80211_assoc_request { 3323 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 3324 const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid; 3325 size_t ie_len; 3326 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 3327 bool use_mfp; 3328 u32 flags; 3329 const u8 *supported_selectors; 3330 u8 supported_selectors_len; 3331 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 3332 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 3333 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask; 3334 const u8 *fils_kek; 3335 size_t fils_kek_len; 3336 const u8 *fils_nonces; 3337 struct ieee80211_s1g_cap s1g_capa, s1g_capa_mask; 3338 struct cfg80211_assoc_link links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 3339 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 3340 s8 link_id; 3341 u16 ext_mld_capa_ops; 3342}; 3343 3344/** 3345 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data 3346 * 3347 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3348 * deauthentication. 3349 * 3350 * @bssid: the BSSID or AP MLD address to deauthenticate from 3351 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL 3352 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 3353 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication 3354 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and 3355 * do not set a deauth frame 3356 */ 3357struct cfg80211_deauth_request { 3358 const u8 *bssid; 3359 const u8 *ie; 3360 size_t ie_len; 3361 u16 reason_code; 3362 bool local_state_change; 3363}; 3364 3365/** 3366 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data 3367 * 3368 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3369 * disassociation. 3370 * 3371 * @ap_addr: the BSSID or AP MLD address to disassociate from 3372 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL 3373 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 3374 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation 3375 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no 3376 * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted. 3377 */ 3378struct cfg80211_disassoc_request { 3379 const u8 *ap_addr; 3380 const u8 *ie; 3381 size_t ie_len; 3382 u16 reason_code; 3383 bool local_state_change; 3384}; 3385 3386/** 3387 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters 3388 * 3389 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss() 3390 * method. 3391 * 3392 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null. 3393 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero. 3394 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not 3395 * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID. 3396 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found 3397 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for 3398 * IBSSs to join on other channels. 3399 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon 3400 * @ie_len: length of that 3401 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 3402 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured 3403 * after joining 3404 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 3405 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 3406 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 3407 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 3408 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 3409 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 3410 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 3411 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 3412 * to operate on DFS channels. 3413 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS 3414 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) 3415 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 3416 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 3417 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 3418 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 3419 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 3420 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 3421 */ 3422struct cfg80211_ibss_params { 3423 const u8 *ssid; 3424 const u8 *bssid; 3425 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 3426 const u8 *ie; 3427 u8 ssid_len, ie_len; 3428 u16 beacon_interval; 3429 u32 basic_rates; 3430 bool channel_fixed; 3431 bool privacy; 3432 bool control_port; 3433 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 3434 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 3435 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 3436 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 3437 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 3438 struct key_params *wep_keys; 3439 int wep_tx_key; 3440}; 3441 3442/** 3443 * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection. 3444 * 3445 * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour. 3446 * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour. 3447 * @param.band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF. 3448 * @param.adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST. 3449 */ 3450struct cfg80211_bss_selection { 3451 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour; 3452 union { 3453 enum nl80211_band band_pref; 3454 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust; 3455 } param; 3456}; 3457 3458/** 3459 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters 3460 * 3461 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 3462 * authentication and association. 3463 * 3464 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based 3465 * on scan results) 3466 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or 3467 * %NULL if not specified 3468 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan 3469 * results) 3470 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or 3471 * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is 3472 * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS 3473 * to use. 3474 * @ssid: SSID 3475 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets 3476 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 3477 * @ie: IEs for association request 3478 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets 3479 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used 3480 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used 3481 * @crypto: crypto settings 3482 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 3483 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 3484 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 3485 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 3486 * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds 3487 * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used. 3488 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 3489 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 3490 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 3491 * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides 3492 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used. 3493 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG 3494 * networks. 3495 * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection. 3496 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 3497 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 3498 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 3499 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 3500 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 3501 * frame. 3502 * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the 3503 * NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped 3504 * data IE. 3505 * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets. 3506 * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or 3507 * %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and 3508 * is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 3509 * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets. 3510 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP 3511 * messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 3512 * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional 3513 * keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified. 3514 * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets. 3515 * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver 3516 * offload of 4-way handshake. 3517 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels. 3518 * This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver 3519 * to choose from, based on BSS configuration. 3520 */ 3521struct cfg80211_connect_params { 3522 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 3523 struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint; 3524 const u8 *bssid; 3525 const u8 *bssid_hint; 3526 const u8 *ssid; 3527 size_t ssid_len; 3528 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 3529 const u8 *ie; 3530 size_t ie_len; 3531 bool privacy; 3532 enum nl80211_mfp mfp; 3533 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 3534 const u8 *key; 3535 u8 key_len, key_idx; 3536 u32 flags; 3537 int bg_scan_period; 3538 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 3539 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 3540 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa; 3541 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask; 3542 bool pbss; 3543 struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select; 3544 const u8 *prev_bssid; 3545 const u8 *fils_erp_username; 3546 size_t fils_erp_username_len; 3547 const u8 *fils_erp_realm; 3548 size_t fils_erp_realm_len; 3549 u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num; 3550 const u8 *fils_erp_rrk; 3551 size_t fils_erp_rrk_len; 3552 bool want_1x; 3553 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 3554}; 3555 3556/** 3557 * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated 3558 * 3559 * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that 3560 * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call. 3561 * 3562 * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated 3563 * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm, 3564 * username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated 3565 * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated 3566 */ 3567enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed { 3568 UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0), 3569 UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO = BIT(1), 3570 UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE = BIT(2), 3571}; 3572 3573/** 3574 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values 3575 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed 3576 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed 3577 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed 3578 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed 3579 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed 3580 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled 3581 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed 3582 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed 3583 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum 3584 */ 3585enum wiphy_params_flags { 3586 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = BIT(0), 3587 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = BIT(1), 3588 WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = BIT(2), 3589 WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = BIT(3), 3590 WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = BIT(4), 3591 WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = BIT(5), 3592 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT = BIT(6), 3593 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT = BIT(7), 3594 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM = BIT(8), 3595}; 3596 3597#define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT 256 3598 3599/* The per TXQ device queue limit in airtime */ 3600#define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_L 5000 3601#define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_H 12000 3602 3603/* The per interface airtime threshold to switch to lower queue limit */ 3604#define IEEE80211_AQL_THRESHOLD 24000 3605 3606/** 3607 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association 3608 * 3609 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA 3610 * caching. 3611 * 3612 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL). 3613 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 3614 * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key 3615 * derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL. 3616 * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on 3617 * the hash algorithm used to generate this. 3618 * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS 3619 * cache identifier (may be %NULL). 3620 * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets. 3621 * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the 3622 * scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be 3623 * %NULL). 3624 * @pmk_lifetime: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds 3625 * (dot11RSNAConfigPMKLifetime) or 0 if not specified. 3626 * The configured PMKSA must not be used for PMKSA caching after 3627 * expiration and any keys derived from this PMK become invalid on 3628 * expiration, i.e., the current association must be dropped if the PMK 3629 * used for it expires. 3630 * @pmk_reauth_threshold: Threshold time for reauthentication (percentage of 3631 * PMK lifetime, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold) or 0 if not specified. 3632 * Drivers are expected to trigger a full authentication instead of using 3633 * this PMKSA for caching when reassociating to a new BSS after this 3634 * threshold to generate a new PMK before the current one expires. 3635 */ 3636struct cfg80211_pmksa { 3637 const u8 *bssid; 3638 const u8 *pmkid; 3639 const u8 *pmk; 3640 size_t pmk_len; 3641 const u8 *ssid; 3642 size_t ssid_len; 3643 const u8 *cache_id; 3644 u32 pmk_lifetime; 3645 u8 pmk_reauth_threshold; 3646}; 3647 3648/** 3649 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern 3650 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes, 3651 * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211 3652 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1 3653 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes) 3654 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes) 3655 * 3656 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of 3657 * memory, free @mask only! 3658 */ 3659struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern { 3660 const u8 *mask, *pattern; 3661 int pattern_len; 3662 int pkt_offset; 3663}; 3664 3665/** 3666 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters 3667 * 3668 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation 3669 * @src: source IP address 3670 * @dst: destination IP address 3671 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address 3672 * @src_port: source port 3673 * @dst_port: destination port 3674 * @payload_len: data payload length 3675 * @payload: data payload buffer 3676 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration 3677 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets 3678 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length 3679 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data 3680 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask 3681 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer 3682 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration 3683 */ 3684struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp { 3685 struct socket *sock; 3686 __be32 src, dst; 3687 u16 src_port, dst_port; 3688 u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN]; 3689 int payload_len; 3690 const u8 *payload; 3691 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq; 3692 u32 data_interval; 3693 u32 wake_len; 3694 const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask; 3695 u32 tokens_size; 3696 /* must be last, variable member */ 3697 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok; 3698}; 3699 3700/** 3701 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info 3702 * 3703 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device. 3704 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues 3705 * operating as normal during suspend 3706 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected 3707 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet 3708 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern 3709 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 3710 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure 3711 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet 3712 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake 3713 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released 3714 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h. 3715 * NULL if not configured. 3716 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake. 3717 */ 3718struct cfg80211_wowlan { 3719 bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 3720 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 3721 rfkill_release; 3722 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 3723 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp; 3724 int n_patterns; 3725 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config; 3726}; 3727 3728/** 3729 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters 3730 * 3731 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device. 3732 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs. 3733 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence. 3734 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 3735 * @patterns: array of packet patterns 3736 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 3737 */ 3738struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules { 3739 int delay; 3740 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition; 3741 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 3742 int n_patterns; 3743}; 3744 3745/** 3746 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings 3747 * 3748 * This structure defines coalescing settings. 3749 * @rules: array of coalesce rules 3750 * @n_rules: number of rules 3751 */ 3752struct cfg80211_coalesce { 3753 int n_rules; 3754 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules rules[] __counted_by(n_rules); 3755}; 3756 3757/** 3758 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match 3759 * 3760 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up 3761 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This 3762 * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels. 3763 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match 3764 * occurred (in MHz) 3765 */ 3766struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match { 3767 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 3768 int n_channels; 3769 u32 channels[] __counted_by(n_channels); 3770}; 3771 3772/** 3773 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information 3774 * 3775 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in 3776 * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide 3777 * match information. 3778 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about 3779 * the matches that triggered the wake up. 3780 */ 3781struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info { 3782 int n_matches; 3783 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[] __counted_by(n_matches); 3784}; 3785 3786/** 3787 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report 3788 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected 3789 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet 3790 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure 3791 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet 3792 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake 3793 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released 3794 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern 3795 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data 3796 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length 3797 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any. 3798 * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data 3799 * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for 3800 * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which 3801 * it is. 3802 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received 3803 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish 3804 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens 3805 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect 3806 * @unprot_deauth_disassoc: woke up due to unprotected deauth or 3807 * disassoc frame (in MFP). 3808 */ 3809struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup { 3810 bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 3811 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 3812 rfkill_release, packet_80211, 3813 tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens, 3814 unprot_deauth_disassoc; 3815 s32 pattern_idx; 3816 u32 packet_present_len, packet_len; 3817 const void *packet; 3818 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect; 3819}; 3820 3821/** 3822 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data 3823 * @kek: key encryption key (@kek_len bytes) 3824 * @kck: key confirmation key (@kck_len bytes) 3825 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes) 3826 * @kek_len: length of kek 3827 * @kck_len: length of kck 3828 * @akm: akm (oui, id) 3829 */ 3830struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data { 3831 const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr; 3832 u32 akm; 3833 u8 kek_len, kck_len; 3834}; 3835 3836/** 3837 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information 3838 * 3839 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE 3840 * 3841 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value 3842 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs 3843 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets 3844 */ 3845struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params { 3846 u16 md; 3847 const u8 *ie; 3848 size_t ie_len; 3849}; 3850 3851/** 3852 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters 3853 * 3854 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame 3855 * 3856 * @chan: channel to use 3857 * @offchan: indicates whether off channel operation is required 3858 * @wait: duration for ROC 3859 * @buf: buffer to transmit 3860 * @len: buffer length 3861 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame 3862 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack 3863 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array 3864 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame 3865 * @link_id: for MLO, the link ID to transmit on, -1 if not given; note 3866 * that the link ID isn't validated (much), it's in range but the 3867 * link might not exist (or be used by the receiver STA) 3868 */ 3869struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params { 3870 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 3871 bool offchan; 3872 unsigned int wait; 3873 const u8 *buf; 3874 size_t len; 3875 bool no_cck; 3876 bool dont_wait_for_ack; 3877 int n_csa_offsets; 3878 const u16 *csa_offsets; 3879 int link_id; 3880}; 3881 3882/** 3883 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception 3884 * 3885 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition 3886 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs 3887 */ 3888struct cfg80211_dscp_exception { 3889 u8 dscp; 3890 u8 up; 3891}; 3892 3893/** 3894 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority 3895 * 3896 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 3897 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 3898 */ 3899struct cfg80211_dscp_range { 3900 u8 low; 3901 u8 high; 3902}; 3903 3904/* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */ 3905#define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21 3906#define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16 3907#define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \ 3908 (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX) 3909 3910/** 3911 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information 3912 * 3913 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values 3914 * 3915 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21) 3916 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from 3917 * the user priority DSCP range definition 3918 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority 3919 */ 3920struct cfg80211_qos_map { 3921 u8 num_des; 3922 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX]; 3923 struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8]; 3924}; 3925 3926/** 3927 * struct cfg80211_nan_band_config - NAN band specific configuration 3928 * 3929 * @chan: Pointer to the IEEE 802.11 channel structure. The channel to be used 3930 * for NAN operations on this band. For 2.4 GHz band, this is always 3931 * channel 6. For 5 GHz band, the channel is either 44 or 149, according 3932 * to the regulatory constraints. If chan pointer is NULL the entire band 3933 * configuration entry is considered invalid and should not be used. 3934 * @rssi_close: RSSI close threshold used for NAN state transition algorithm 3935 * as described in chapters 3.3.6 and 3.3.7 "NAN Device Role and State 3936 * Transition" of Wi-Fi Aware Specification v4.0. If not 3937 * specified (set to 0), default device value is used. The value should 3938 * be greater than -60 dBm. 3939 * @rssi_middle: RSSI middle threshold used for NAN state transition algorithm. 3940 * as described in chapters 3.3.6 and 3.3.7 "NAN Device Role and State 3941 * Transition" of Wi-Fi Aware Specification v4.0. If not 3942 * specified (set to 0), default device value is used. The value should be 3943 * greater than -75 dBm and less than rssi_close. 3944 * @awake_dw_interval: Committed DW interval. Valid values range: 0-5. 0 3945 * indicates no wakeup for DW and can't be used on 2.4GHz band, otherwise 3946 * 2^(n-1). 3947 * @disable_scan: If true, the device will not scan this band for cluster 3948 * merge. Disabling scan on 2.4 GHz band is not allowed. 3949 */ 3950struct cfg80211_nan_band_config { 3951 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 3952 s8 rssi_close; 3953 s8 rssi_middle; 3954 u8 awake_dw_interval; 3955 bool disable_scan; 3956}; 3957 3958/** 3959 * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration 3960 * 3961 * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters 3962 * 3963 * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255) 3964 * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. 3965 * For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 3966 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 3967 * @cluster_id: cluster ID used for NAN synchronization. This is a MAC address 3968 * that can take a value from 50-6F-9A-01-00-00 to 50-6F-9A-01-FF-FF. 3969 * If NULL, the device will pick a random Cluster ID. 3970 * @scan_period: period (in seconds) between NAN scans. 3971 * @scan_dwell_time: dwell time (in milliseconds) for NAN scans. 3972 * @discovery_beacon_interval: interval (in TUs) for discovery beacons. 3973 * @enable_dw_notification: flag to enable/disable discovery window 3974 * notifications. 3975 * @band_cfgs: array of band specific configurations, indexed by 3976 * &enum nl80211_band values. 3977 * @extra_nan_attrs: pointer to additional NAN attributes. 3978 * @extra_nan_attrs_len: length of the additional NAN attributes. 3979 * @vendor_elems: pointer to vendor-specific elements. 3980 * @vendor_elems_len: length of the vendor-specific elements. 3981 */ 3982struct cfg80211_nan_conf { 3983 u8 master_pref; 3984 u8 bands; 3985 const u8 *cluster_id; 3986 u16 scan_period; 3987 u16 scan_dwell_time; 3988 u8 discovery_beacon_interval; 3989 bool enable_dw_notification; 3990 struct cfg80211_nan_band_config band_cfgs[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 3991 const u8 *extra_nan_attrs; 3992 u16 extra_nan_attrs_len; 3993 const u8 *vendor_elems; 3994 u16 vendor_elems_len; 3995}; 3996 3997/** 3998 * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN 3999 * configuration 4000 * 4001 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference 4002 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands 4003 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_CONFIG: changed additional configuration. 4004 * When this flag is set, it indicates that some additional attribute(s) 4005 * (other then master_pref and bands) have been changed. In this case, 4006 * all the unchanged attributes will be properly configured to their 4007 * previous values. The driver doesn't need to store any 4008 * previous configuration besides master_pref and bands. 4009 */ 4010enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes { 4011 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0), 4012 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1), 4013 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_CONFIG = BIT(2), 4014}; 4015 4016/** 4017 * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter 4018 * 4019 * @filter: the content of the filter 4020 * @len: the length of the filter 4021 */ 4022struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter { 4023 const u8 *filter; 4024 u8 len; 4025}; 4026 4027/** 4028 * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function 4029 * 4030 * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type 4031 * @service_id: the service ID of the function 4032 * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type 4033 * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is 4034 * implementation specific. 4035 * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted 4036 * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active 4037 * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up 4038 * @followup_reqid: the requester instance ID for follow up 4039 * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up 4040 * @ttl: time to live counter in DW. 4041 * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info 4042 * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length 4043 * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive 4044 * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter 4045 * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length 4046 * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index 4047 * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses 4048 * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF 4049 * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter 4050 * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF. 4051 * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters. 4052 * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters. 4053 * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function. 4054 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier. 4055 */ 4056struct cfg80211_nan_func { 4057 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 4058 u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN]; 4059 u8 publish_type; 4060 bool close_range; 4061 bool publish_bcast; 4062 bool subscribe_active; 4063 u8 followup_id; 4064 u8 followup_reqid; 4065 struct mac_address followup_dest; 4066 u32 ttl; 4067 const u8 *serv_spec_info; 4068 u8 serv_spec_info_len; 4069 bool srf_include; 4070 const u8 *srf_bf; 4071 u8 srf_bf_len; 4072 u8 srf_bf_idx; 4073 struct mac_address *srf_macs; 4074 int srf_num_macs; 4075 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters; 4076 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters; 4077 u8 num_tx_filters; 4078 u8 num_rx_filters; 4079 u8 instance_id; 4080 u64 cookie; 4081}; 4082 4083/** 4084 * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration 4085 * 4086 * @aa: authenticator address 4087 * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes. 4088 * @pmk: the PMK material 4089 * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK 4090 * is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field 4091 * holds PMK-R0. 4092 */ 4093struct cfg80211_pmk_conf { 4094 const u8 *aa; 4095 u8 pmk_len; 4096 const u8 *pmk; 4097 const u8 *pmk_r0_name; 4098}; 4099 4100/** 4101 * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication. 4102 * 4103 * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces. 4104 * 4105 * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant 4106 * for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space). 4107 * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has 4108 * to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and 4109 * authentication response command interface. 4110 * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and 4111 * authentication response command interface. 4112 * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the 4113 * authentication request event interface. 4114 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication, 4115 * use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you 4116 * the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication 4117 * response command interface (user space to driver). 4118 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 4119 * @mld_addr: MLD address of the peer. Used by the authentication request event 4120 * interface. Driver indicates this to enable MLO during the authentication 4121 * offload to user space. Driver shall look at %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT 4122 * flag capability in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to know whether the user space 4123 * supports enabling MLO during the authentication offload. 4124 * User space should use the address of the interface (on which the 4125 * authentication request event reported) as self MLD address. User space 4126 * and driver should use MLD addresses in RA, TA and BSSID fields of 4127 * authentication frames sent or received via cfg80211. The driver 4128 * translates the MLD addresses to/from link addresses based on the link 4129 * chosen for the authentication. 4130 */ 4131struct cfg80211_external_auth_params { 4132 enum nl80211_external_auth_action action; 4133 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4134 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 4135 unsigned int key_mgmt_suite; 4136 u16 status; 4137 const u8 *pmkid; 4138 u8 mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4139}; 4140 4141/** 4142 * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 4143 * 4144 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to 4145 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 4146 * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully 4147 * answered 4148 * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were 4149 * successfully answered 4150 * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions 4151 * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions 4152 * @non_asap_num: number of non-ASAP FTM sessions 4153 * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication 4154 * of how much time the responder was busy 4155 * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from 4156 * initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with 4157 * the responder 4158 * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks 4159 * for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot 4160 * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window 4161 */ 4162struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats { 4163 u32 filled; 4164 u32 success_num; 4165 u32 partial_num; 4166 u32 failed_num; 4167 u32 asap_num; 4168 u32 non_asap_num; 4169 u64 total_duration_ms; 4170 u32 unknown_triggers_num; 4171 u32 reschedule_requests_num; 4172 u32 out_of_window_triggers_num; 4173}; 4174 4175/** 4176 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result 4177 * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is 4178 * %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise 4179 * reason than just "failure" 4180 * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index 4181 * in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported 4182 * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted 4183 * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked 4184 * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 4185 * fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible 4186 * by the responder 4187 * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated 4188 * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated 4189 * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated 4190 * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present) 4191 * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present) 4192 * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL) 4193 * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL) 4194 * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported 4195 * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported 4196 * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response 4197 * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame 4198 * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg) 4199 * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is 4200 * the square root of the variance) 4201 * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured 4202 * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured 4203 * (must have either this or @rtt_avg) 4204 * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance) 4205 * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread) 4206 * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid 4207 * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid 4208 * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid 4209 * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid 4210 * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid 4211 * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid 4212 * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid 4213 * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid 4214 * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid 4215 * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid 4216 * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid 4217 * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid 4218 */ 4219struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result { 4220 const u8 *lci; 4221 const u8 *civicloc; 4222 unsigned int lci_len; 4223 unsigned int civicloc_len; 4224 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason; 4225 u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes; 4226 s16 burst_index; 4227 u8 busy_retry_time; 4228 u8 num_bursts_exp; 4229 u8 burst_duration; 4230 u8 ftms_per_burst; 4231 s32 rssi_avg; 4232 s32 rssi_spread; 4233 struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate; 4234 s64 rtt_avg; 4235 s64 rtt_variance; 4236 s64 rtt_spread; 4237 s64 dist_avg; 4238 s64 dist_variance; 4239 s64 dist_spread; 4240 4241 u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1, 4242 num_ftmr_successes_valid:1, 4243 rssi_avg_valid:1, 4244 rssi_spread_valid:1, 4245 tx_rate_valid:1, 4246 rx_rate_valid:1, 4247 rtt_avg_valid:1, 4248 rtt_variance_valid:1, 4249 rtt_spread_valid:1, 4250 dist_avg_valid:1, 4251 dist_variance_valid:1, 4252 dist_spread_valid:1; 4253}; 4254 4255/** 4256 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result 4257 * @addr: address of the peer 4258 * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the 4259 * measurement was made) 4260 * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time 4261 * @status: status of the measurement 4262 * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not 4263 * reporting partial results always set this flag 4264 * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid 4265 * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting 4266 * one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and 4267 * they're all aggregated for userspace. 4268 * @ftm: FTM result 4269 */ 4270struct cfg80211_pmsr_result { 4271 u64 host_time, ap_tsf; 4272 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status; 4273 4274 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 4275 4276 u8 final:1, 4277 ap_tsf_valid:1; 4278 4279 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type; 4280 4281 union { 4282 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm; 4283 }; 4284}; 4285 4286/** 4287 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data 4288 * @requested: indicates FTM is requested 4289 * @preamble: frame preamble to use 4290 * @burst_period: burst period to use 4291 * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode 4292 * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent 4293 * @burst_duration: burst duration 4294 * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst 4295 * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request 4296 * @request_lci: request LCI information 4297 * @request_civicloc: request civic location information 4298 * @trigger_based: use trigger based ranging for the measurement 4299 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 4300 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 4301 * @non_trigger_based: use non trigger based ranging for the measurement 4302 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 4303 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 4304 * @lmr_feedback: negotiate for I2R LMR feedback. Only valid if either 4305 * @trigger_based or @non_trigger_based is set. 4306 * @bss_color: the bss color of the responder. Optional. Set to zero to 4307 * indicate the driver should set the BSS color. Only valid if 4308 * @non_trigger_based or @trigger_based is set. 4309 * 4310 * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation. 4311 */ 4312struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer { 4313 enum nl80211_preamble preamble; 4314 u16 burst_period; 4315 u8 requested:1, 4316 asap:1, 4317 request_lci:1, 4318 request_civicloc:1, 4319 trigger_based:1, 4320 non_trigger_based:1, 4321 lmr_feedback:1; 4322 u8 num_bursts_exp; 4323 u8 burst_duration; 4324 u8 ftms_per_burst; 4325 u8 ftmr_retries; 4326 u8 bss_color; 4327}; 4328 4329/** 4330 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request 4331 * @addr: MAC address 4332 * @chandef: channel to use 4333 * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF 4334 * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer 4335 */ 4336struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer { 4337 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 4338 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 4339 u8 report_ap_tsf:1; 4340 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm; 4341}; 4342 4343/** 4344 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request 4345 * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211 4346 * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211 4347 * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting, 4348 * not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211 4349 * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request 4350 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that 4351 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 4352 * be taken from the @mac_addr 4353 * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request 4354 * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if 4355 * zero it means there's no timeout 4356 * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with 4357 * @peers: per-peer measurement request data 4358 */ 4359struct cfg80211_pmsr_request { 4360 u64 cookie; 4361 void *drv_data; 4362 u32 n_peers; 4363 u32 nl_portid; 4364 4365 u32 timeout; 4366 4367 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4368 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4369 4370 struct list_head list; 4371 4372 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[] __counted_by(n_peers); 4373}; 4374 4375/** 4376 * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information 4377 * 4378 * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE 4379 * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space. 4380 * 4381 * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces. 4382 * 4383 * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing 4384 * has to be done. 4385 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info 4386 * processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space 4387 * cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for 4388 * OWE update request command interface (user space to driver). 4389 * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are 4390 * the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and 4391 * the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface. 4392 * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets. 4393 * @assoc_link_id: MLO link ID of the AP, with which (re)association requested 4394 * by peer. This will be filled by driver for both MLO and non-MLO station 4395 * connections when the AP affiliated with an MLD. For non-MLD AP mode, it 4396 * will be -1. Used only with OWE update event (driver to user space). 4397 * @peer_mld_addr: For MLO connection, MLD address of the peer. For non-MLO 4398 * connection, it will be all zeros. This is applicable only when 4399 * @assoc_link_id is not -1, i.e., the AP affiliated with an MLD. Used only 4400 * with OWE update event (driver to user space). 4401 */ 4402struct cfg80211_update_owe_info { 4403 u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4404 u16 status; 4405 const u8 *ie; 4406 size_t ie_len; 4407 int assoc_link_id; 4408 u8 peer_mld_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 4409}; 4410 4411/** 4412 * struct mgmt_frame_regs - management frame registrations data 4413 * @global_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered 4414 * for the entire device 4415 * @interface_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered 4416 * for the given interface 4417 * @global_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed globally for these subtypes 4418 * @interface_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed on this interface 4419 * for these subtypes 4420 */ 4421struct mgmt_frame_regs { 4422 u32 global_stypes, interface_stypes; 4423 u32 global_mcast_stypes, interface_mcast_stypes; 4424}; 4425 4426/** 4427 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration 4428 * 4429 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks 4430 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces. 4431 * 4432 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0 4433 * on success or a negative error code. 4434 * 4435 * All operations are invoked with the wiphy mutex held. The RTNL may be 4436 * held in addition (due to wireless extensions) but this cannot be relied 4437 * upon except in cases where documented below. Note that due to ordering, 4438 * the RTNL also cannot be acquired in any handlers. 4439 * 4440 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will 4441 * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are 4442 * configured for the device. 4443 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed 4444 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback 4445 * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from 4446 * the device. 4447 * 4448 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name, 4449 * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create 4450 * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct 4451 * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must 4452 * also set the address member in the wdev. 4453 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 4454 * 4455 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface 4456 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 4457 * 4458 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface, 4459 * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated. 4460 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 4461 * 4462 * @add_intf_link: Add a new MLO link to the given interface. Note that 4463 * the wdev->link[] data structure has been updated, so the new link 4464 * address is available. 4465 * @del_intf_link: Remove an MLO link from the given interface. 4466 * 4467 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL 4468 * when adding a group key. @link_id will be -1 for non-MLO connection. 4469 * For MLO connection, @link_id will be >= 0 for group key and -1 for 4470 * pairwise key, @mac_addr will be peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. 4471 * 4472 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters. 4473 * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group 4474 * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid 4475 * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is 4476 * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist. 4477 * @link_id will be -1 for non-MLO connection. For MLO connection, 4478 * @link_id will be >= 0 for group key and -1 for pairwise key, @mac_addr 4479 * will be peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. 4480 * 4481 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key) 4482 * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist. @link_id will 4483 * be -1 for non-MLO connection. For MLO connection, @link_id will be >= 0 4484 * for group key and -1 for pairwise key, @mac_addr will be peer's MLD 4485 * address for MLO pairwise key. 4486 * 4487 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface. @link_id will be >= 0 4488 * for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. 4489 * 4490 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface. 4491 * @link_id will be >= 0 for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. 4492 * 4493 * @set_default_beacon_key: set the default Beacon frame key on an interface. 4494 * @link_id will be >= 0 for MLO connection and -1 for non-MLO connection. 4495 * 4496 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver 4497 * 4498 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters. 4499 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode 4500 * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started. 4501 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing. 4502 * 4503 * @add_station: Add a new station. 4504 * @del_station: Remove a station 4505 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much 4506 * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags 4507 * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check 4508 * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call 4509 * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information. 4510 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac 4511 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx 4512 * 4513 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path 4514 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path 4515 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path 4516 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters 4517 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 4518 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters 4519 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 4520 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters 4521 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4522 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network 4523 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4524 * 4525 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration 4526 * 4527 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh. 4528 * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to 4529 * set, and which to leave alone. 4530 * 4531 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS. 4532 * 4533 * @inform_bss: Called by cfg80211 while being informed about new BSS data 4534 * for every BSS found within the reported data or frame. This is called 4535 * from within the cfg8011 inform_bss handlers while holding the bss_lock. 4536 * The data parameter is passed through from drv_data inside 4537 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss. 4538 * The new IE data for the BSS is explicitly passed. 4539 * 4540 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters 4541 * 4542 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas, 4543 * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to 4544 * join the mesh instead. 4545 * 4546 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other 4547 * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration. 4548 * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should 4549 * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active. 4550 * 4551 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given 4552 * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done(). 4553 * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside 4554 * the scan/scan_done bracket too. 4555 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall 4556 * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done(). 4557 * 4558 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer 4559 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4560 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer 4561 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4562 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer 4563 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4564 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer 4565 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4566 * 4567 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected, 4568 * call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code 4569 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call 4570 * cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code 4571 * from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code 4572 * was received. 4573 * The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the 4574 * other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated 4575 * by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches 4576 * the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request 4577 * frame instead of Association Request frame. 4578 * The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a 4579 * specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid 4580 * parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an 4581 * indication of requesting reassociation. 4582 * In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming 4583 * cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to 4584 * cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4585 * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a 4586 * BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for 4587 * subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the 4588 * Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not 4589 * request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current 4590 * BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in 4591 * changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed. 4592 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4593 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if 4594 * connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in 4595 * case connection was already established (invoked with the 4596 * wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout(). 4597 * 4598 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call 4599 * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due 4600 * to a merge. 4601 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4602 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS. 4603 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4604 * 4605 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or 4606 * MESH mode) 4607 * 4608 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed; 4609 * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values 4610 * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in 4611 * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed. 4612 * 4613 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters, 4614 * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The 4615 * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will 4616 * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power 4617 * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.) 4618 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable; 4619 * return 0 if successful 4620 * 4621 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting 4622 * functions to adjust rfkill hw state 4623 * 4624 * @dump_survey: get site survey information. 4625 * 4626 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified 4627 * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel 4628 * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is 4629 * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event 4630 * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel(). 4631 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation. 4632 * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on 4633 * the duration value. 4634 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame. 4635 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management 4636 * frame on another channel 4637 * 4638 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL 4639 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be 4640 * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally, 4641 * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the 4642 * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data 4643 * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present 4644 * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA. 4645 * 4646 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration 4647 * 4648 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac 4649 * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association 4650 * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs. 4651 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID. 4652 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs. 4653 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1 4654 * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value. 4655 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold. 4656 * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating 4657 * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may 4658 * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being 4659 * disabled.) 4660 * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the 4661 * connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the 4662 * signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should 4663 * set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented. 4664 * If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config. 4665 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error 4666 * thresholds. 4667 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan. 4668 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with 4669 * given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready 4670 * for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be 4671 * called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case. 4672 * The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested 4673 * stop (when this method returns 0). 4674 * 4675 * @update_mgmt_frame_registrations: Notify the driver that management frame 4676 * registrations were updated. The callback is allowed to sleep. 4677 * 4678 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. 4679 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may 4680 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL 4681 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). 4682 * 4683 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). 4684 * 4685 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame. 4686 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup). 4687 * 4688 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it 4689 * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status(). 4690 * 4691 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs. 4692 * 4693 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface. 4694 * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single 4695 * current monitoring channel. 4696 * 4697 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device. 4698 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device. 4699 * 4700 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode. 4701 * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations 4702 * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver 4703 * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL 4704 * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which 4705 * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback. 4706 * 4707 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver. 4708 * 4709 * @end_cac: End running CAC, probably because a related CAC 4710 * was finished on another phy. 4711 * 4712 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the 4713 * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be 4714 * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames. 4715 * 4716 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability 4717 * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the 4718 * driver can take the most appropriate actions. 4719 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link 4720 * reliability. This operation can not fail. 4721 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters. 4722 * 4723 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is 4724 * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is 4725 * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later 4726 * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept 4727 * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them 4728 * as soon as possible. 4729 * 4730 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver 4731 * 4732 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the 4733 * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width 4734 * changes during the lifetime of the BSS. 4735 * 4736 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device 4737 * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by 4738 * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into 4739 * account. 4740 * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure 4741 * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return 4742 * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake 4743 * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later 4744 * rejected) 4745 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS 4746 * 4747 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters 4748 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4749 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network 4750 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4751 * 4752 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver 4753 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations 4754 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. 4755 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both 4756 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes. 4757 * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface. 4758 * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface. 4759 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure. 4760 * On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and 4761 * it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver 4762 * should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling 4763 * cfg80211_free_nan_func(). 4764 * On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the 4765 * provided @nan_func. 4766 * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function. 4767 * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must 4768 * be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes); 4769 * All other parameters must be ignored. 4770 * 4771 * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS 4772 * 4773 * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this 4774 * function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise. 4775 * 4776 * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake. 4777 * If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect 4778 * upon which the driver should clear it. 4779 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4780 * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator. 4781 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4782 * 4783 * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from 4784 * user space 4785 * 4786 * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter 4787 * tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted. 4788 * 4789 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available. 4790 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided. 4791 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) 4792 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement 4793 * 4794 * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME 4795 * but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated 4796 * DH IE through this interface. 4797 * 4798 * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame 4799 * and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm. 4800 * @set_tid_config: TID specific configuration, this can be peer or BSS specific 4801 * This callback may sleep. 4802 * @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer, for the 4803 * given TIDs. This callback may sleep. 4804 * 4805 * @set_sar_specs: Update the SAR (TX power) settings. 4806 * 4807 * @color_change: Initiate a color change. 4808 * 4809 * @set_fils_aad: Set FILS AAD data to the AP driver so that the driver can use 4810 * those to decrypt (Re)Association Request and encrypt (Re)Association 4811 * Response frame. 4812 * 4813 * @set_radar_background: Configure dedicated offchannel chain available for 4814 * radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used to transmit 4815 * or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev. 4816 * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime 4817 * switching to a different channel during CAC detection on the selected 4818 * radar channel. 4819 * The caller is expected to set chandef pointer to NULL in order to 4820 * disable background CAC/radar detection. 4821 * @add_link_station: Add a link to a station. 4822 * @mod_link_station: Modify a link of a station. 4823 * @del_link_station: Remove a link of a station. 4824 * 4825 * @set_hw_timestamp: Enable/disable HW timestamping of TM/FTM frames. 4826 * @set_ttlm: set the TID to link mapping. 4827 * @set_epcs: Enable/Disable EPCS for station mode. 4828 * @get_radio_mask: get bitmask of radios in use. 4829 * (invoked with the wiphy mutex held) 4830 * @assoc_ml_reconf: Request a non-AP MLO connection to perform ML 4831 * reconfiguration, i.e., add and/or remove links to/from the 4832 * association using ML reconfiguration action frames. Successfully added 4833 * links will be added to the set of valid links. Successfully removed 4834 * links will be removed from the set of valid links. The driver must 4835 * indicate removed links by calling cfg80211_links_removed() and added 4836 * links by calling cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done(). When calling 4837 * cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done() the bss pointer must be given for each 4838 * link for which MLO reconfiguration 'add' operation was requested. 4839 */ 4840struct cfg80211_ops { 4841 int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow); 4842 int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4843 void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled); 4844 4845 struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4846 const char *name, 4847 unsigned char name_assign_type, 4848 enum nl80211_iftype type, 4849 struct vif_params *params); 4850 int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4851 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4852 int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4853 struct net_device *dev, 4854 enum nl80211_iftype type, 4855 struct vif_params *params); 4856 4857 int (*add_intf_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4858 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4859 unsigned int link_id); 4860 void (*del_intf_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4861 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4862 unsigned int link_id); 4863 4864 int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4865 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, 4866 const u8 *mac_addr, struct key_params *params); 4867 int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4868 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, 4869 const u8 *mac_addr, void *cookie, 4870 void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*)); 4871 int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4872 int link_id, u8 key_index, bool pairwise, 4873 const u8 *mac_addr); 4874 int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4875 struct net_device *netdev, int link_id, 4876 u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast); 4877 int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4878 struct net_device *netdev, int link_id, 4879 u8 key_index); 4880 int (*set_default_beacon_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4881 struct net_device *netdev, 4882 int link_id, 4883 u8 key_index); 4884 4885 int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4886 struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings); 4887 int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4888 struct cfg80211_ap_update *info); 4889 int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4890 unsigned int link_id); 4891 4892 4893 int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4894 const u8 *mac, 4895 struct station_parameters *params); 4896 int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4897 struct station_del_parameters *params); 4898 int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4899 const u8 *mac, 4900 struct station_parameters *params); 4901 int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4902 const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 4903 int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4904 int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 4905 4906 int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4907 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 4908 int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4909 const u8 *dst); 4910 int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4911 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 4912 int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4913 u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4914 int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4915 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, 4916 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4917 int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4918 u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4919 int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4920 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, 4921 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4922 int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4923 struct net_device *dev, 4924 struct mesh_config *conf); 4925 int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4926 struct net_device *dev, u32 mask, 4927 const struct mesh_config *nconf); 4928 int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4929 const struct mesh_config *conf, 4930 const struct mesh_setup *setup); 4931 int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4932 4933 int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4934 struct ocb_setup *setup); 4935 int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4936 4937 int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4938 struct bss_parameters *params); 4939 4940 void (*inform_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 4941 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies *ies, void *data); 4942 4943 int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4944 struct ieee80211_txq_params *params); 4945 4946 int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4947 struct net_device *dev, 4948 struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 4949 4950 int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4951 struct net_device *dev, 4952 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4953 4954 int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4955 struct cfg80211_scan_request *request); 4956 void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4957 4958 int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4959 struct cfg80211_auth_request *req); 4960 int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4961 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req); 4962 int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4963 struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req); 4964 int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4965 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req); 4966 4967 int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4968 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme); 4969 int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4970 struct net_device *dev, 4971 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme, 4972 u32 changed); 4973 int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4974 u16 reason_code); 4975 4976 int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4977 struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params); 4978 int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4979 4980 int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4981 int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]); 4982 4983 int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, int radio_idx, 4984 u32 changed); 4985 4986 int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4987 int radio_idx, 4988 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm); 4989 int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4990 int radio_idx, unsigned int link_id, int *dbm); 4991 4992 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4993 4994#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 4995 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4996 void *data, int len); 4997 int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb, 4998 struct netlink_callback *cb, 4999 void *data, int len); 5000#endif 5001 5002 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5003 struct net_device *dev, 5004 unsigned int link_id, 5005 const u8 *peer, 5006 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask); 5007 5008 int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 5009 int idx, struct survey_info *info); 5010 5011 int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 5012 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 5013 int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 5014 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 5015 int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev); 5016 5017 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5018 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5019 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 5020 unsigned int duration, 5021 u64 *cookie); 5022 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5023 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5024 u64 cookie); 5025 5026 int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5027 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params, 5028 u64 *cookie); 5029 int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5030 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5031 u64 cookie); 5032 5033 int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5034 bool enabled, int timeout); 5035 5036 int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5037 struct net_device *dev, 5038 s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst); 5039 5040 int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5041 struct net_device *dev, 5042 s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high); 5043 5044 int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5045 struct net_device *dev, 5046 u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl); 5047 5048 void (*update_mgmt_frame_registrations)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5049 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5050 struct mgmt_frame_regs *upd); 5051 5052 int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, int radio_idx, 5053 u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); 5054 int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, int radio_idx, 5055 u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); 5056 5057 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5058 struct net_device *dev, 5059 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request); 5060 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5061 u64 reqid); 5062 5063 int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5064 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data); 5065 5066 int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5067 const u8 *peer, int link_id, 5068 u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token, u16 status_code, 5069 u32 peer_capability, bool initiator, 5070 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 5071 int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5072 const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper); 5073 5074 int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5075 const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie); 5076 5077 int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5078 struct net_device *dev, 5079 u16 noack_map); 5080 5081 int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5082 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5083 unsigned int link_id, 5084 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 5085 5086 int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5087 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 5088 void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5089 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 5090 5091 int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5092 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params); 5093 5094 int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5095 struct net_device *dev, 5096 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 5097 u32 cac_time_ms, int link_id); 5098 void (*end_cac)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5099 struct net_device *dev, unsigned int link_id); 5100 int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5101 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie); 5102 int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5103 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5104 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol, 5105 u16 duration); 5106 void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5107 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 5108 int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5109 struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce); 5110 5111 int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5112 struct net_device *dev, 5113 struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params); 5114 5115 int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5116 struct net_device *dev, 5117 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 5118 5119 int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5120 unsigned int link_id, 5121 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 5122 5123 int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5124 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio, 5125 u16 admitted_time); 5126 int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5127 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer); 5128 5129 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5130 struct net_device *dev, 5131 const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class, 5132 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 5133 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5134 struct net_device *dev, 5135 const u8 *addr); 5136 int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5137 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf); 5138 void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 5139 int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5140 struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func); 5141 void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5142 u64 cookie); 5143 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5144 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5145 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, 5146 u32 changes); 5147 5148 int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5149 struct net_device *dev, 5150 const bool enabled); 5151 5152 int (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5153 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5154 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats); 5155 5156 int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5157 const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf); 5158 int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5159 const u8 *aa); 5160 int (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5161 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params); 5162 5163 int (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5164 struct net_device *dev, 5165 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 5166 const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto, 5167 const bool noencrypt, int link_id, 5168 u64 *cookie); 5169 5170 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5171 struct net_device *dev, 5172 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats); 5173 5174 int (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5175 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 5176 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5177 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 5178 int (*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5179 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info); 5180 int (*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5181 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 5182 int (*set_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5183 struct cfg80211_tid_config *tid_conf); 5184 int (*reset_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5185 const u8 *peer, u8 tids); 5186 int (*set_sar_specs)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5187 struct cfg80211_sar_specs *sar); 5188 int (*color_change)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5189 struct net_device *dev, 5190 struct cfg80211_color_change_settings *params); 5191 int (*set_fils_aad)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5192 struct cfg80211_fils_aad *fils_aad); 5193 int (*set_radar_background)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5194 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 5195 int (*add_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5196 struct link_station_parameters *params); 5197 int (*mod_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5198 struct link_station_parameters *params); 5199 int (*del_link_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5200 struct link_station_del_parameters *params); 5201 int (*set_hw_timestamp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5202 struct cfg80211_set_hw_timestamp *hwts); 5203 int (*set_ttlm)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5204 struct cfg80211_ttlm_params *params); 5205 u32 (*get_radio_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 5206 int (*assoc_ml_reconf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5207 struct cfg80211_ml_reconf_req *req); 5208 int (*set_epcs)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 5209 bool val); 5210}; 5211 5212/* 5213 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures 5214 * and registration/helper functions 5215 */ 5216 5217/** 5218 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags 5219 * 5220 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ: if set to true, the scan request will be split 5221 * into two, first for legacy bands and second for 6 GHz. 5222 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this 5223 * wiphy at all 5224 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled 5225 * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default 5226 * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good 5227 * reason to override the default 5228 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station 5229 * on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of 5230 * supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype. 5231 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station 5232 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the 5233 * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the 5234 * control_port_no_encrypt flag. 5235 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN. 5236 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing 5237 * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH. 5238 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the 5239 * firmware. 5240 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP. 5241 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation. 5242 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z) 5243 * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and 5244 * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT 5245 * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 5246 * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation. 5247 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME 5248 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes 5249 * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling 5250 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(). 5251 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device 5252 * responds to probe-requests in hardware. 5253 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX. 5254 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call. 5255 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels. 5256 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in 5257 * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...). 5258 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK: The device supports bigger kek and kck keys 5259 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO: This is a temporary flag gating the MLO APIs, 5260 * in order to not have them reachable in normal drivers, until we have 5261 * complete feature/interface combinations/etc. advertisement. No driver 5262 * should set this flag for now. 5263 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KCK_32: The device supports 32-byte KCK keys. 5264 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NOTIFY_REGDOM_BY_DRIVER: The device could handle reg notify for 5265 * NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER. 5266 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CHANNEL_CHANGE_ON_BEACON: reg_call_notifier() is called if driver 5267 * set this flag to update channels on beacon hints. 5268 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_NSTR_NONPRIMARY: support connection to non-primary link 5269 * of an NSTR mobile AP MLD. 5270 * @WIPHY_FLAG_DISABLE_WEXT: disable wireless extensions for this device 5271 */ 5272enum wiphy_flags { 5273 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK = BIT(0), 5274 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_MLO = BIT(1), 5275 WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ = BIT(2), 5276 WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3), 5277 WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4), 5278 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5), 5279 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6), 5280 WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7), 5281 WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8), 5282 WIPHY_FLAG_DISABLE_WEXT = BIT(9), 5283 WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10), 5284 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KCK_32 = BIT(11), 5285 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_NSTR_NONPRIMARY = BIT(12), 5286 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13), 5287 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14), 5288 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15), 5289 WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16), 5290 WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17), 5291 WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18), 5292 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19), 5293 WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20), 5294 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21), 5295 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22), 5296 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23), 5297 WIPHY_FLAG_NOTIFY_REGDOM_BY_DRIVER = BIT(24), 5298 WIPHY_FLAG_CHANNEL_CHANGE_ON_BEACON = BIT(25), 5299}; 5300 5301/** 5302 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types 5303 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types 5304 * @types: interface types (bits) 5305 */ 5306struct ieee80211_iface_limit { 5307 u16 max; 5308 u16 types; 5309}; 5310 5311/** 5312 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination 5313 * 5314 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface 5315 * combinations it supports concurrently. When set in a struct wiphy_radio, 5316 * the combinations refer to combinations of interfaces currently active on 5317 * that radio. 5318 * 5319 * Examples: 5320 * 5321 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total: 5322 * 5323 * .. code-block:: c 5324 * 5325 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = { 5326 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 5327 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP), }, 5328 * }; 5329 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = { 5330 * .limits = limits1, 5331 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1), 5332 * .max_interfaces = 2, 5333 * .beacon_int_infra_match = true, 5334 * }; 5335 * 5336 * 5337 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total: 5338 * 5339 * .. code-block:: c 5340 * 5341 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = { 5342 * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) | 5343 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), }, 5344 * }; 5345 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = { 5346 * .limits = limits2, 5347 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2), 5348 * .max_interfaces = 8, 5349 * .num_different_channels = 1, 5350 * }; 5351 * 5352 * 5353 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total. 5354 * 5355 * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections. 5356 * 5357 * .. code-block:: c 5358 * 5359 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = { 5360 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 5361 * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) | 5362 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), }, 5363 * }; 5364 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = { 5365 * .limits = limits3, 5366 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3), 5367 * .max_interfaces = 4, 5368 * .num_different_channels = 2, 5369 * }; 5370 * 5371 */ 5372struct ieee80211_iface_combination { 5373 /** 5374 * @limits: 5375 * limits for the given interface types 5376 */ 5377 const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits; 5378 5379 /** 5380 * @num_different_channels: 5381 * can use up to this many different channels 5382 */ 5383 u32 num_different_channels; 5384 5385 /** 5386 * @max_interfaces: 5387 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group 5388 */ 5389 u16 max_interfaces; 5390 5391 /** 5392 * @n_limits: 5393 * number of limitations 5394 */ 5395 u8 n_limits; 5396 5397 /** 5398 * @beacon_int_infra_match: 5399 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure 5400 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases. 5401 */ 5402 bool beacon_int_infra_match; 5403 5404 /** 5405 * @radar_detect_widths: 5406 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection 5407 */ 5408 u8 radar_detect_widths; 5409 5410 /** 5411 * @radar_detect_regions: 5412 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection 5413 */ 5414 u8 radar_detect_regions; 5415 5416 /** 5417 * @beacon_int_min_gcd: 5418 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals. 5419 * 5420 * = 0 5421 * all beacon intervals for different interface must be same. 5422 * > 0 5423 * any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND 5424 * GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this 5425 * combination must be greater or equal to this value. 5426 */ 5427 u32 beacon_int_min_gcd; 5428}; 5429 5430struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes { 5431 u16 tx, rx; 5432}; 5433 5434/** 5435 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags 5436 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any" 5437 * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and 5438 * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a 5439 * received packet that passed filtering; note that the 5440 * packet should be preserved in that case 5441 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet 5442 * (see nl80211.h) 5443 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect 5444 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep 5445 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure 5446 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request 5447 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure 5448 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release 5449 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection 5450 */ 5451enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags { 5452 WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0), 5453 WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1), 5454 WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2), 5455 WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3), 5456 WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4), 5457 WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5), 5458 WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6), 5459 WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7), 5460 WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8), 5461}; 5462 5463struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support { 5464 const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok; 5465 u32 data_payload_max; 5466 u32 data_interval_max; 5467 u32 wake_payload_max; 5468 bool seq; 5469}; 5470 5471/** 5472 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data 5473 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags 5474 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns 5475 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 5476 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 5477 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 5478 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 5479 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect, 5480 * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for 5481 * scheduled scans. 5482 * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more 5483 * details. 5484 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information 5485 */ 5486struct wiphy_wowlan_support { 5487 u32 flags; 5488 int n_patterns; 5489 int pattern_max_len; 5490 int pattern_min_len; 5491 int max_pkt_offset; 5492 int max_nd_match_sets; 5493 const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp; 5494}; 5495 5496/** 5497 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data 5498 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules 5499 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 5500 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule 5501 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 5502 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 5503 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 5504 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 5505 */ 5506struct wiphy_coalesce_support { 5507 int n_rules; 5508 int max_delay; 5509 int n_patterns; 5510 int pattern_max_len; 5511 int pattern_min_len; 5512 int max_pkt_offset; 5513}; 5514 5515/** 5516 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands 5517 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev 5518 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev 5519 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running 5520 * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV) 5521 */ 5522enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags { 5523 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0), 5524 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1), 5525 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2), 5526}; 5527 5528/** 5529 * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags 5530 * 5531 * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed 5532 * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed 5533 * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed 5534 * 5535 */ 5536enum wiphy_opmode_flag { 5537 STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0), 5538 STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED = BIT(1), 5539 STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED = BIT(2), 5540}; 5541 5542/** 5543 * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information 5544 * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag 5545 * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station 5546 * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station 5547 * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station 5548 */ 5549 5550struct sta_opmode_info { 5551 u32 changed; 5552 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 5553 enum nl80211_chan_width bw; 5554 u8 rx_nss; 5555}; 5556 5557#define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA)) 5558 5559/** 5560 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition 5561 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211 5562 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags 5563 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the 5564 * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data 5565 * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all 5566 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The 5567 * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple 5568 * dumpit calls. 5569 * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 5570 * Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the 5571 * attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command). 5572 * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy 5573 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and 5574 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others 5575 * are used with dump requests. 5576 */ 5577struct wiphy_vendor_command { 5578 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info; 5579 u32 flags; 5580 int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5581 const void *data, int data_len); 5582 int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 5583 struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len, 5584 unsigned long *storage); 5585 const struct nla_policy *policy; 5586 unsigned int maxattr; 5587}; 5588 5589/** 5590 * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type 5591 * @iftype: interface type 5592 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 5593 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the 5594 * 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are 5595 * in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std 5596 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. 5597 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 5598 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 5599 * @eml_capabilities: EML capabilities (for MLO) 5600 * @mld_capa_and_ops: MLD capabilities and operations (for MLO) 5601 */ 5602struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab { 5603 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 5604 const u8 *extended_capabilities; 5605 const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask; 5606 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 5607 u16 eml_capabilities; 5608 u16 mld_capa_and_ops; 5609}; 5610 5611/** 5612 * cfg80211_get_iftype_ext_capa - lookup interface type extended capability 5613 * @wiphy: the wiphy to look up from 5614 * @type: the interface type to look up 5615 * 5616 * Return: The extended capability for the given interface @type, may be %NULL 5617 */ 5618const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab * 5619cfg80211_get_iftype_ext_capa(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype type); 5620 5621/** 5622 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities 5623 * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement 5624 * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement 5625 * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement 5626 * @ftm: FTM measurement data 5627 * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported 5628 * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported 5629 * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported 5630 * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data 5631 * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data 5632 * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble) 5633 * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width) 5634 * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported 5635 * (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily 5636 * forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick) 5637 * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if 5638 * not limited) 5639 * @ftm.trigger_based: trigger based ranging measurement is supported 5640 * @ftm.non_trigger_based: non trigger based ranging measurement is supported 5641 */ 5642struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities { 5643 unsigned int max_peers; 5644 u8 report_ap_tsf:1, 5645 randomize_mac_addr:1; 5646 5647 struct { 5648 u32 preambles; 5649 u32 bandwidths; 5650 s8 max_bursts_exponent; 5651 u8 max_ftms_per_burst; 5652 u8 supported:1, 5653 asap:1, 5654 non_asap:1, 5655 request_lci:1, 5656 request_civicloc:1, 5657 trigger_based:1, 5658 non_trigger_based:1; 5659 } ftm; 5660}; 5661 5662/** 5663 * struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites - This structure encapsulates supported akm 5664 * suites for interface types defined in @iftypes_mask. Each type in the 5665 * @iftypes_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_akm_suites. 5666 * 5667 * @iftypes_mask: bitmask of interfaces types 5668 * @akm_suites: points to an array of supported akm suites 5669 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 5670 */ 5671struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites { 5672 u16 iftypes_mask; 5673 const u32 *akm_suites; 5674 int n_akm_suites; 5675}; 5676 5677/** 5678 * struct wiphy_radio_cfg - physical radio config of a wiphy 5679 * This structure describes the configurations of a physical radio in a 5680 * wiphy. It is used to denote per-radio attributes belonging to a wiphy. 5681 * 5682 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); 5683 * -1 (default) = RTS/CTS disabled 5684 * @radio_debugfsdir: Pointer to debugfs directory containing the radio- 5685 * specific parameters. 5686 * NULL (default) = Debugfs directory not created 5687 */ 5688struct wiphy_radio_cfg { 5689 u32 rts_threshold; 5690 struct dentry *radio_debugfsdir; 5691}; 5692 5693/** 5694 * struct wiphy_radio_freq_range - wiphy frequency range 5695 * @start_freq: start range edge frequency (kHz) 5696 * @end_freq: end range edge frequency (kHz) 5697 */ 5698struct wiphy_radio_freq_range { 5699 u32 start_freq; 5700 u32 end_freq; 5701}; 5702 5703 5704/** 5705 * struct wiphy_radio - physical radio of a wiphy 5706 * This structure describes a physical radio belonging to a wiphy. 5707 * It is used to describe concurrent-channel capabilities. Only one channel 5708 * can be active on the radio described by struct wiphy_radio. 5709 * 5710 * @freq_range: frequency range that the radio can operate on. 5711 * @n_freq_range: number of elements in @freq_range 5712 * 5713 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not 5714 * list single interface types. 5715 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. 5716 * 5717 * @antenna_mask: bitmask of antennas connected to this radio. 5718 */ 5719struct wiphy_radio { 5720 const struct wiphy_radio_freq_range *freq_range; 5721 int n_freq_range; 5722 5723 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; 5724 int n_iface_combinations; 5725 5726 u32 antenna_mask; 5727}; 5728 5729/** 5730 * enum wiphy_nan_flags - NAN capabilities 5731 * 5732 * @WIPHY_NAN_FLAGS_CONFIGURABLE_SYNC: Device supports NAN configurable 5733 * synchronization. 5734 * @WIPHY_NAN_FLAGS_USERSPACE_DE: Device doesn't support DE offload. 5735 */ 5736enum wiphy_nan_flags { 5737 WIPHY_NAN_FLAGS_CONFIGURABLE_SYNC = BIT(0), 5738 WIPHY_NAN_FLAGS_USERSPACE_DE = BIT(1), 5739}; 5740 5741/** 5742 * struct wiphy_nan_capa - NAN capabilities 5743 * 5744 * This structure describes the NAN capabilities of a wiphy. 5745 * 5746 * @flags: NAN capabilities flags, see &enum wiphy_nan_flags 5747 * @op_mode: NAN operation mode, as defined in Wi-Fi Aware (TM) specification 5748 * Table 81. 5749 * @n_antennas: number of antennas supported by the device for Tx/Rx. Lower 5750 * nibble indicates the number of TX antennas and upper nibble indicates the 5751 * number of RX antennas. Value 0 indicates the information is not 5752 * available. 5753 * @max_channel_switch_time: maximum channel switch time in milliseconds. 5754 * @dev_capabilities: NAN device capabilities as defined in Wi-Fi Aware (TM) 5755 * specification Table 79 (Capabilities field). 5756 */ 5757struct wiphy_nan_capa { 5758 u32 flags; 5759 u8 op_mode; 5760 u8 n_antennas; 5761 u16 max_channel_switch_time; 5762 u8 dev_capabilities; 5763}; 5764 5765#define CFG80211_HW_TIMESTAMP_ALL_PEERS 0xffff 5766 5767/** 5768 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description 5769 * @mtx: mutex for the data (structures) of this device 5770 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback, 5771 * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() 5772 * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL 5773 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via 5774 * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver 5775 * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future 5776 * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers. 5777 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss. 5778 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites 5779 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites 5780 * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites. These are the default AKMs supported if 5781 * the supported AKMs not advertized for a specific interface type in 5782 * iftype_akm_suites. 5783 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 5784 * @iftype_akm_suites: array of supported akm suites info per interface type. 5785 * Note that the bits in @iftypes_mask inside this structure cannot 5786 * overlap (i.e. only one occurrence of each type is allowed across all 5787 * instances of iftype_akm_suites). 5788 * @num_iftype_akm_suites: number of interface types for which supported akm 5789 * suites are specified separately. 5790 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit) 5791 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit) 5792 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold); 5793 * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used 5794 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled 5795 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in 5796 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device 5797 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking, 5798 * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last 5799 * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual 5800 * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with 5801 * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up. 5802 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses. 5803 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer 5804 * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used 5805 * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to 5806 * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle 5807 * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses. 5808 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against 5809 * unregister hardware 5810 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy (ieee80211/<wiphyname>). 5811 * It will be renamed automatically on wiphy renames 5812 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy. The item in 5813 * /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this. You need use set_wiphy_dev() 5814 * (see below). 5815 * @wext: wireless extension handlers 5816 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter) 5817 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy, 5818 * must be set by driver 5819 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not 5820 * list single interface types. 5821 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. 5822 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not 5823 * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW. 5824 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags 5825 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see 5826 * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags 5827 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags. 5828 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see 5829 * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index. 5830 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it, 5831 * this variable determines its size 5832 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in 5833 * any given scan 5834 * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that 5835 * the device can run concurrently. 5836 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan 5837 * for in any given scheduled scan 5838 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle 5839 * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not 5840 * supported. 5841 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can 5842 * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not 5843 * include fixed IEs like supported rates 5844 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled 5845 * scans 5846 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number 5847 * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device. 5848 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a 5849 * single scan plan supported by the device. 5850 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single 5851 * scan plan supported by the device. 5852 * @coverage_class: current coverage class 5853 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting 5854 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting 5855 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device 5856 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary 5857 * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers 5858 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device 5859 * 5860 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or 5861 * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface 5862 * type 5863 * 5864 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 5865 * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 5866 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set. 5867 * 5868 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 5869 * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 5870 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set. 5871 * 5872 * @probe_resp_offload: 5873 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading. 5874 * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid 5875 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. 5876 * 5877 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation 5878 * may request, if implemented. 5879 * 5880 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information 5881 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be 5882 * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed 5883 * to the suspend() operation instead. 5884 * 5885 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 5886 * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden. 5887 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 5888 * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden. 5889 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 5890 * 5891 * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must 5892 * not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection. 5893 * 5894 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device 5895 * supports for ACL. 5896 * 5897 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 5898 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are 5899 * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") 5900 * and are in the same format as in the information element. See 5901 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default 5902 * extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified 5903 * for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab. 5904 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 5905 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 5906 * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type 5907 * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended 5908 * capabilities are specified separately. 5909 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information 5910 * 5911 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware 5912 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands 5913 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware 5914 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events 5915 * 5916 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode 5917 * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The 5918 * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in 5919 * some cases, but may not always reach. 5920 * 5921 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons 5922 * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver 5923 * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means 5924 * infinite. 5925 * @bss_param_support: bitmask indicating which bss_parameters as defined in 5926 * &struct bss_parameters the driver can actually handle in the 5927 * .change_bss() callback. The bit positions are defined in &enum 5928 * wiphy_bss_param_flags. 5929 * 5930 * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported 5931 * by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the 5932 * attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr. 5933 * 5934 * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a 5935 * bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for 5936 * NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 5937 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 5938 * @nan_capa: NAN capabilities 5939 * 5940 * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit 5941 * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit 5942 * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum 5943 * 5944 * @tx_queue_len: allow setting transmit queue len for drivers not using 5945 * wake_tx_queue 5946 * 5947 * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP 5948 * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not 5949 * HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues. 5950 * @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect. 5951 * 5952 * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities 5953 * 5954 * @tid_config_support: describes the per-TID config support that the 5955 * device has 5956 * @tid_config_support.vif: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 5957 * supported by the driver for each vif 5958 * @tid_config_support.peer: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 5959 * supported by the driver for each peer 5960 * @tid_config_support.max_retry: maximum supported retry count for 5961 * long/short retry configuration 5962 * 5963 * @max_data_retry_count: maximum supported per TID retry count for 5964 * configuration through the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT and 5965 * %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG attributes 5966 * @sar_capa: SAR control capabilities 5967 * @rfkill: a pointer to the rfkill structure 5968 * 5969 * @mbssid_max_interfaces: maximum number of interfaces supported by the driver 5970 * in a multiple BSSID set. This field must be set to a non-zero value 5971 * by the driver to advertise MBSSID support. 5972 * @ema_max_profile_periodicity: maximum profile periodicity supported by 5973 * the driver. Setting this field to a non-zero value indicates that the 5974 * driver supports enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP). 5975 * @max_num_akm_suites: maximum number of AKM suites allowed for 5976 * configuration through %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 5977 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP. Set to NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES if not set by 5978 * driver. If set by driver minimum allowed value is 5979 * NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES in order to avoid compatibility issues with 5980 * legacy userspace and maximum allowed value is 5981 * CFG80211_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES. 5982 * 5983 * @hw_timestamp_max_peers: maximum number of peers that the driver supports 5984 * enabling HW timestamping for concurrently. Setting this field to a 5985 * non-zero value indicates that the driver supports HW timestamping. 5986 * A value of %CFG80211_HW_TIMESTAMP_ALL_PEERS indicates the driver 5987 * supports enabling HW timestamping for all peers (i.e. no need to 5988 * specify a mac address). 5989 * 5990 * @radio_cfg: configuration of radios belonging to a muli-radio wiphy. This 5991 * struct contains a list of all radio specific attributes and should be 5992 * used only for multi-radio wiphy. 5993 * 5994 * @radio: radios belonging to this wiphy 5995 * @n_radio: number of radios 5996 */ 5997struct wiphy { 5998 struct mutex mtx; 5999 6000 /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */ 6001 6002 u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN]; 6003 u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN]; 6004 6005 struct mac_address *addresses; 6006 6007 const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes; 6008 6009 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; 6010 int n_iface_combinations; 6011 u16 software_iftypes; 6012 6013 u16 n_addresses; 6014 6015 /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */ 6016 u16 interface_modes; 6017 6018 u16 max_acl_mac_addrs; 6019 6020 u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features; 6021 u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)]; 6022 6023 u32 ap_sme_capa; 6024 6025 enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type; 6026 6027 int bss_priv_size; 6028 u8 max_scan_ssids; 6029 u8 max_sched_scan_reqs; 6030 u8 max_sched_scan_ssids; 6031 u8 max_match_sets; 6032 u16 max_scan_ie_len; 6033 u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len; 6034 u32 max_sched_scan_plans; 6035 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval; 6036 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations; 6037 6038 int n_cipher_suites; 6039 const u32 *cipher_suites; 6040 6041 int n_akm_suites; 6042 const u32 *akm_suites; 6043 6044 const struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites *iftype_akm_suites; 6045 unsigned int num_iftype_akm_suites; 6046 6047 u8 retry_short; 6048 u8 retry_long; 6049 u32 frag_threshold; 6050 u32 rts_threshold; 6051 u8 coverage_class; 6052 6053 char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN]; 6054 u32 hw_version; 6055 6056#ifdef CONFIG_PM 6057 const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan; 6058 struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config; 6059#endif 6060 6061 u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration; 6062 6063 u8 max_num_pmkids; 6064 6065 u32 available_antennas_tx; 6066 u32 available_antennas_rx; 6067 6068 u32 probe_resp_offload; 6069 6070 const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask; 6071 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 6072 6073 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab; 6074 unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab; 6075 6076 const void *privid; 6077 6078 struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 6079 6080 void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6081 struct regulatory_request *request); 6082 6083 struct wiphy_radio_cfg *radio_cfg; 6084 6085 /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */ 6086 6087 const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd; 6088 6089 struct device dev; 6090 6091 bool registered; 6092 6093 struct dentry *debugfsdir; 6094 6095 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask; 6096 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask; 6097 6098 struct list_head wdev_list; 6099 6100 possible_net_t _net; 6101 6102#ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 6103 const struct iw_handler_def *wext; 6104#endif 6105 6106 const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce; 6107 6108 const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands; 6109 const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events; 6110 int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events; 6111 6112 u16 max_ap_assoc_sta; 6113 6114 u8 max_num_csa_counters; 6115 6116 u32 bss_param_support; 6117 u32 bss_select_support; 6118 6119 u8 nan_supported_bands; 6120 struct wiphy_nan_capa nan_capa; 6121 6122 u32 txq_limit; 6123 u32 txq_memory_limit; 6124 u32 txq_quantum; 6125 6126 unsigned long tx_queue_len; 6127 6128 u8 support_mbssid:1, 6129 support_only_he_mbssid:1; 6130 6131 const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa; 6132 6133 struct { 6134 u64 peer, vif; 6135 u8 max_retry; 6136 } tid_config_support; 6137 6138 u8 max_data_retry_count; 6139 6140 const struct cfg80211_sar_capa *sar_capa; 6141 6142 struct rfkill *rfkill; 6143 6144 u8 mbssid_max_interfaces; 6145 u8 ema_max_profile_periodicity; 6146 u16 max_num_akm_suites; 6147 6148 u16 hw_timestamp_max_peers; 6149 6150 int n_radio; 6151 const struct wiphy_radio *radio; 6152 6153 char priv[] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN); 6154}; 6155 6156static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy) 6157{ 6158 return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net); 6159} 6160 6161static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net) 6162{ 6163 write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net); 6164} 6165 6166/** 6167 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy 6168 * 6169 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return 6170 * Return: The priv of @wiphy. 6171 */ 6172static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy) 6173{ 6174 BUG_ON(!wiphy); 6175 return &wiphy->priv; 6176} 6177 6178/** 6179 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv 6180 * 6181 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv 6182 * Return: The wiphy of @priv. 6183 */ 6184static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv) 6185{ 6186 BUG_ON(!priv); 6187 return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv); 6188} 6189 6190/** 6191 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy 6192 * 6193 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind 6194 * @dev: The device to parent it to 6195 */ 6196static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev) 6197{ 6198 wiphy->dev.parent = dev; 6199} 6200 6201/** 6202 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer 6203 * 6204 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up 6205 * Return: The dev of @wiphy. 6206 */ 6207static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy) 6208{ 6209 return wiphy->dev.parent; 6210} 6211 6212/** 6213 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name 6214 * 6215 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return 6216 * Return: The name of @wiphy. 6217 */ 6218static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy) 6219{ 6220 return dev_name(&wiphy->dev); 6221} 6222 6223/** 6224 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 6225 * 6226 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 6227 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 6228 * @requested_name: Request a particular name. 6229 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming. 6230 * 6231 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 6232 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 6233 * 6234 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 6235 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 6236 */ 6237struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv, 6238 const char *requested_name); 6239 6240/** 6241 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 6242 * 6243 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 6244 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 6245 * 6246 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 6247 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 6248 * 6249 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 6250 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 6251 */ 6252static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, 6253 int sizeof_priv) 6254{ 6255 return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL); 6256} 6257 6258/** 6259 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211 6260 * 6261 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register. 6262 * 6263 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code. 6264 */ 6265int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6266 6267/* this is a define for better error reporting (file/line) */ 6268#define lockdep_assert_wiphy(wiphy) lockdep_assert_held(&(wiphy)->mtx) 6269 6270/** 6271 * rcu_dereference_wiphy - rcu_dereference with debug checking 6272 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on 6273 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing 6274 * 6275 * Do an rcu_dereference(p), but check caller either holds rcu_read_lock() 6276 * or RTNL. Note: Please prefer wiphy_dereference() or rcu_dereference(). 6277 */ 6278#define rcu_dereference_wiphy(wiphy, p) \ 6279 rcu_dereference_check(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) 6280 6281/** 6282 * wiphy_dereference - fetch RCU pointer when updates are prevented by wiphy mtx 6283 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on 6284 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing 6285 * 6286 * Return: the value of the specified RCU-protected pointer, but omit the 6287 * READ_ONCE(), because caller holds the wiphy mutex used for updates. 6288 */ 6289#define wiphy_dereference(wiphy, p) \ 6290 rcu_dereference_protected(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) 6291 6292/** 6293 * get_wiphy_regdom - get custom regdomain for the given wiphy 6294 * @wiphy: the wiphy to get the regdomain from 6295 * 6296 * Context: Requires any of RTNL, wiphy mutex or RCU protection. 6297 * 6298 * Return: pointer to the regulatory domain associated with the wiphy 6299 */ 6300const struct ieee80211_regdomain *get_wiphy_regdom(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6301 6302/** 6303 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211 6304 * 6305 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister. 6306 * 6307 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv 6308 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding 6309 * request that is being handled. 6310 */ 6311void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6312 6313/** 6314 * wiphy_free - free wiphy 6315 * 6316 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free 6317 */ 6318void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6319 6320/* internal structs */ 6321struct cfg80211_conn; 6322struct cfg80211_internal_bss; 6323struct cfg80211_cached_keys; 6324struct cfg80211_cqm_config; 6325 6326/** 6327 * wiphy_lock - lock the wiphy 6328 * @wiphy: the wiphy to lock 6329 * 6330 * This is needed around registering and unregistering netdevs that 6331 * aren't created through cfg80211 calls, since that requires locking 6332 * in cfg80211 when the notifiers is called, but that cannot 6333 * differentiate which way it's called. 6334 * 6335 * It can also be used by drivers for their own purposes. 6336 * 6337 * When cfg80211 ops are called, the wiphy is already locked. 6338 * 6339 * Note that this makes sure that no workers that have been queued 6340 * with wiphy_queue_work() are running. 6341 */ 6342static inline void wiphy_lock(struct wiphy *wiphy) 6343 __acquires(&wiphy->mtx) 6344{ 6345 mutex_lock(&wiphy->mtx); 6346 __acquire(&wiphy->mtx); 6347} 6348 6349/** 6350 * wiphy_unlock - unlock the wiphy again 6351 * @wiphy: the wiphy to unlock 6352 */ 6353static inline void wiphy_unlock(struct wiphy *wiphy) 6354 __releases(&wiphy->mtx) 6355{ 6356 __release(&wiphy->mtx); 6357 mutex_unlock(&wiphy->mtx); 6358} 6359 6360DEFINE_GUARD(wiphy, struct wiphy *, 6361 mutex_lock(&_T->mtx), 6362 mutex_unlock(&_T->mtx)) 6363 6364struct wiphy_work; 6365typedef void (*wiphy_work_func_t)(struct wiphy *, struct wiphy_work *); 6366 6367struct wiphy_work { 6368 struct list_head entry; 6369 wiphy_work_func_t func; 6370}; 6371 6372static inline void wiphy_work_init(struct wiphy_work *work, 6373 wiphy_work_func_t func) 6374{ 6375 INIT_LIST_HEAD(&work->entry); 6376 work->func = func; 6377} 6378 6379/** 6380 * wiphy_work_queue - queue work for the wiphy 6381 * @wiphy: the wiphy to queue for 6382 * @work: the work item 6383 * 6384 * This is useful for work that must be done asynchronously, and work 6385 * queued here has the special property that the wiphy mutex will be 6386 * held as if wiphy_lock() was called, and that it cannot be running 6387 * after wiphy_lock() was called. Therefore, wiphy_cancel_work() can 6388 * use just cancel_work() instead of cancel_work_sync(), it requires 6389 * being in a section protected by wiphy_lock(). 6390 */ 6391void wiphy_work_queue(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work); 6392 6393/** 6394 * wiphy_work_cancel - cancel previously queued work 6395 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 6396 * @work: the work to cancel 6397 * 6398 * Cancel the work *without* waiting for it, this assumes being 6399 * called under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 6400 */ 6401void wiphy_work_cancel(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work); 6402 6403/** 6404 * wiphy_work_flush - flush previously queued work 6405 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 6406 * @work: the work to flush, this can be %NULL to flush all work 6407 * 6408 * Flush the work (i.e. run it if pending). This must be called 6409 * under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 6410 */ 6411void wiphy_work_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wiphy_work *work); 6412 6413struct wiphy_delayed_work { 6414 struct wiphy_work work; 6415 struct wiphy *wiphy; 6416 struct timer_list timer; 6417}; 6418 6419void wiphy_delayed_work_timer(struct timer_list *t); 6420 6421static inline void wiphy_delayed_work_init(struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork, 6422 wiphy_work_func_t func) 6423{ 6424 timer_setup(&dwork->timer, wiphy_delayed_work_timer, 0); 6425 wiphy_work_init(&dwork->work, func); 6426} 6427 6428/** 6429 * wiphy_delayed_work_queue - queue delayed work for the wiphy 6430 * @wiphy: the wiphy to queue for 6431 * @dwork: the delayable worker 6432 * @delay: number of jiffies to wait before queueing 6433 * 6434 * This is useful for work that must be done asynchronously, and work 6435 * queued here has the special property that the wiphy mutex will be 6436 * held as if wiphy_lock() was called, and that it cannot be running 6437 * after wiphy_lock() was called. Therefore, wiphy_cancel_work() can 6438 * use just cancel_work() instead of cancel_work_sync(), it requires 6439 * being in a section protected by wiphy_lock(). 6440 * 6441 * Note that these are scheduled with a timer where the accuracy 6442 * becomes less the longer in the future the scheduled timer is. Use 6443 * wiphy_hrtimer_work_queue() if the timer must be not be late by more 6444 * than approximately 10 percent. 6445 */ 6446void wiphy_delayed_work_queue(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6447 struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork, 6448 unsigned long delay); 6449 6450/** 6451 * wiphy_delayed_work_cancel - cancel previously queued delayed work 6452 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 6453 * @dwork: the delayed work to cancel 6454 * 6455 * Cancel the work *without* waiting for it, this assumes being 6456 * called under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 6457 */ 6458void wiphy_delayed_work_cancel(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6459 struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork); 6460 6461/** 6462 * wiphy_delayed_work_flush - flush previously queued delayed work 6463 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 6464 * @dwork: the delayed work to flush 6465 * 6466 * Flush the work (i.e. run it if pending). This must be called 6467 * under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 6468 */ 6469void wiphy_delayed_work_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6470 struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork); 6471 6472/** 6473 * wiphy_delayed_work_pending - Find out whether a wiphy delayable 6474 * work item is currently pending. 6475 * 6476 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 6477 * @dwork: the delayed work in question 6478 * 6479 * Return: true if timer is pending, false otherwise 6480 * 6481 * How wiphy_delayed_work_queue() works is by setting a timer which 6482 * when it expires calls wiphy_work_queue() to queue the wiphy work. 6483 * Because wiphy_delayed_work_queue() uses mod_timer(), if it is 6484 * called twice and the second call happens before the first call 6485 * deadline, the work will rescheduled for the second deadline and 6486 * won't run before that. 6487 * 6488 * wiphy_delayed_work_pending() can be used to detect if calling 6489 * wiphy_work_delayed_work_queue() would start a new work schedule 6490 * or delayed a previous one. As seen below it cannot be used to 6491 * detect precisely if the work has finished to execute nor if it 6492 * is currently executing. 6493 * 6494 * CPU0 CPU1 6495 * wiphy_delayed_work_queue(wk) 6496 * mod_timer(wk->timer) 6497 * wiphy_delayed_work_pending(wk) -> true 6498 * 6499 * [...] 6500 * expire_timers(wk->timer) 6501 * detach_timer(wk->timer) 6502 * wiphy_delayed_work_pending(wk) -> false 6503 * wk->timer->function() | 6504 * wiphy_work_queue(wk) | delayed work pending 6505 * list_add_tail() | returns false but 6506 * queue_work(cfg80211_wiphy_work) | wk->func() has not 6507 * | been run yet 6508 * [...] | 6509 * cfg80211_wiphy_work() | 6510 * wk->func() V 6511 * 6512 */ 6513bool wiphy_delayed_work_pending(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6514 struct wiphy_delayed_work *dwork); 6515 6516struct wiphy_hrtimer_work { 6517 struct wiphy_work work; 6518 struct wiphy *wiphy; 6519 struct hrtimer timer; 6520}; 6521 6522enum hrtimer_restart wiphy_hrtimer_work_timer(struct hrtimer *t); 6523 6524static inline void wiphy_hrtimer_work_init(struct wiphy_hrtimer_work *hrwork, 6525 wiphy_work_func_t func) 6526{ 6527 hrtimer_setup(&hrwork->timer, wiphy_hrtimer_work_timer, 6528 CLOCK_BOOTTIME, HRTIMER_MODE_REL); 6529 wiphy_work_init(&hrwork->work, func); 6530} 6531 6532/** 6533 * wiphy_hrtimer_work_queue - queue hrtimer work for the wiphy 6534 * @wiphy: the wiphy to queue for 6535 * @hrwork: the high resolution timer worker 6536 * @delay: the delay given as a ktime_t 6537 * 6538 * Please refer to wiphy_delayed_work_queue(). The difference is that 6539 * the hrtimer work uses a high resolution timer for scheduling. This 6540 * may be needed if timeouts might be scheduled further in the future 6541 * and the accuracy of the normal timer is not sufficient. 6542 * 6543 * Expect a delay of a few milliseconds as the timer is scheduled 6544 * with some slack and some more time may pass between queueing the 6545 * work and its start. 6546 */ 6547void wiphy_hrtimer_work_queue(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6548 struct wiphy_hrtimer_work *hrwork, 6549 ktime_t delay); 6550 6551/** 6552 * wiphy_hrtimer_work_cancel - cancel previously queued hrtimer work 6553 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 6554 * @hrtimer: the hrtimer work to cancel 6555 * 6556 * Cancel the work *without* waiting for it, this assumes being 6557 * called under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 6558 */ 6559void wiphy_hrtimer_work_cancel(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6560 struct wiphy_hrtimer_work *hrtimer); 6561 6562/** 6563 * wiphy_hrtimer_work_flush - flush previously queued hrtimer work 6564 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 6565 * @hrwork: the hrtimer work to flush 6566 * 6567 * Flush the work (i.e. run it if pending). This must be called 6568 * under the wiphy mutex acquired by wiphy_lock(). 6569 */ 6570void wiphy_hrtimer_work_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6571 struct wiphy_hrtimer_work *hrwork); 6572 6573/** 6574 * wiphy_hrtimer_work_pending - Find out whether a wiphy hrtimer 6575 * work item is currently pending. 6576 * 6577 * @wiphy: the wiphy, for debug purposes 6578 * @hrwork: the hrtimer work in question 6579 * 6580 * Return: true if timer is pending, false otherwise 6581 * 6582 * Please refer to the wiphy_delayed_work_pending() documentation as 6583 * this is the equivalent function for hrtimer based delayed work 6584 * items. 6585 */ 6586bool wiphy_hrtimer_work_pending(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6587 struct wiphy_hrtimer_work *hrwork); 6588 6589/** 6590 * enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power - regulatory power for an Access Point 6591 * 6592 * @IEEE80211_REG_UNSET_AP: Access Point has no regulatory power mode 6593 * @IEEE80211_REG_LPI_AP: Indoor Access Point 6594 * @IEEE80211_REG_SP_AP: Standard power Access Point 6595 * @IEEE80211_REG_VLP_AP: Very low power Access Point 6596 */ 6597enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power { 6598 IEEE80211_REG_UNSET_AP, 6599 IEEE80211_REG_LPI_AP, 6600 IEEE80211_REG_SP_AP, 6601 IEEE80211_REG_VLP_AP, 6602}; 6603 6604/** 6605 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state 6606 * 6607 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver 6608 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this 6609 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.) 6610 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will 6611 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device, 6612 * however, drivers must lock the wiphy before registering or 6613 * unregistering netdevs if they pre-create any netdevs (in ops 6614 * called from cfg80211, the wiphy is already locked.) 6615 * 6616 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver 6617 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as 6618 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be 6619 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it. 6620 * 6621 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description 6622 * @iftype: interface type 6623 * @registered: is this wdev already registered with cfg80211 6624 * @registering: indicates we're doing registration under wiphy lock 6625 * for the notifier 6626 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces 6627 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL 6628 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this 6629 * wireless device if it has no netdev 6630 * @u: union containing data specific to @iftype 6631 * @connected: indicates if connected or not (STA mode) 6632 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code 6633 * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling 6634 * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data 6635 * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data 6636 * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association 6637 * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements 6638 * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID 6639 * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID 6640 * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index 6641 * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index 6642 * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation 6643 * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity 6644 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be 6645 * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the 6646 * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update 6647 * by cfg80211 on change_interface 6648 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames 6649 * @mgmt_registrations_need_update: mgmt registrations were updated, 6650 * need to propagate the update to the driver 6651 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL 6652 * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g. 6653 * the P2P Device. 6654 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled 6655 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout 6656 * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application 6657 * registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode) 6658 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data 6659 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established 6660 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type 6661 * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID 6662 * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work 6663 * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect 6664 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing 6665 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list 6666 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID 6667 * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away 6668 * @cqm_rssi_work: (private) CQM RSSI reporting work 6669 * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state 6670 * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests 6671 * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock 6672 * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work 6673 * @unprot_beacon_reported: (private) timestamp of last 6674 * unprotected beacon report 6675 * @links: array of %IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS elements containing @addr 6676 * @ap and @client for each link 6677 * @links.cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been 6678 * started 6679 * @links.cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was 6680 * entered. 6681 * @links.cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms 6682 * @valid_links: bitmap describing what elements of @links are valid 6683 * @radio_mask: Bitmask of radios that this interface is allowed to operate on. 6684 */ 6685struct wireless_dev { 6686 struct wiphy *wiphy; 6687 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 6688 6689 /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */ 6690 struct list_head list; 6691 struct net_device *netdev; 6692 6693 u32 identifier; 6694 6695 struct list_head mgmt_registrations; 6696 u8 mgmt_registrations_need_update:1; 6697 6698 bool use_4addr, is_running, registered, registering; 6699 6700 u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16)); 6701 6702 /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */ 6703 struct cfg80211_conn *conn; 6704 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys; 6705 enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type; 6706 u32 conn_owner_nlportid; 6707 6708 struct work_struct disconnect_wk; 6709 u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 6710 6711 struct list_head event_list; 6712 spinlock_t event_lock; 6713 6714 u8 connected:1; 6715 6716 bool ps; 6717 int ps_timeout; 6718 6719 u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid; 6720 6721 u32 owner_nlportid; 6722 bool nl_owner_dead; 6723 6724#ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 6725 /* wext data */ 6726 struct { 6727 struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss; 6728 struct cfg80211_connect_params connect; 6729 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys; 6730 const u8 *ie; 6731 size_t ie_len; 6732 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 6733 u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 6734 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 6735 s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key; 6736 bool prev_bssid_valid; 6737 } wext; 6738#endif 6739 6740 struct wiphy_work cqm_rssi_work; 6741 struct cfg80211_cqm_config __rcu *cqm_config; 6742 6743 struct list_head pmsr_list; 6744 spinlock_t pmsr_lock; 6745 struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk; 6746 6747 unsigned long unprot_beacon_reported; 6748 6749 union { 6750 struct { 6751 u8 connected_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 6752 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 6753 u8 ssid_len; 6754 } client; 6755 struct { 6756 int beacon_interval; 6757 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 6758 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 6759 u8 id[IEEE80211_MAX_MESH_ID_LEN]; 6760 u8 id_len, id_up_len; 6761 } mesh; 6762 struct { 6763 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 6764 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 6765 u8 ssid_len; 6766 } ap; 6767 struct { 6768 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; 6769 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 6770 int beacon_interval; 6771 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 6772 u8 ssid_len; 6773 } ibss; 6774 struct { 6775 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 6776 } ocb; 6777 struct { 6778 u8 cluster_id[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 6779 } nan; 6780 } u; 6781 6782 struct { 6783 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 6784 union { 6785 struct { 6786 unsigned int beacon_interval; 6787 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 6788 } ap; 6789 struct { 6790 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; 6791 } client; 6792 }; 6793 6794 bool cac_started; 6795 unsigned long cac_start_time; 6796 unsigned int cac_time_ms; 6797 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 6798 u16 valid_links; 6799 6800 u32 radio_mask; 6801}; 6802 6803static inline const u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 6804{ 6805 if (wdev->netdev) 6806 return wdev->netdev->dev_addr; 6807 return wdev->address; 6808} 6809 6810static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 6811{ 6812 if (wdev->netdev) 6813 return netif_running(wdev->netdev); 6814 return wdev->is_running; 6815} 6816 6817/** 6818 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev 6819 * 6820 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return 6821 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev. 6822 */ 6823static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 6824{ 6825 BUG_ON(!wdev); 6826 return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy); 6827} 6828 6829/** 6830 * wdev_chandef - return chandef pointer from wireless_dev 6831 * @wdev: the wdev 6832 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO 6833 * 6834 * Return: The chandef depending on the mode, or %NULL. 6835 */ 6836struct cfg80211_chan_def *wdev_chandef(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6837 unsigned int link_id); 6838 6839static inline void WARN_INVALID_LINK_ID(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6840 unsigned int link_id) 6841{ 6842 WARN_ON(link_id && !wdev->valid_links); 6843 WARN_ON(wdev->valid_links && 6844 !(wdev->valid_links & BIT(link_id))); 6845} 6846 6847#define for_each_valid_link(link_info, link_id) \ 6848 for (link_id = 0; \ 6849 link_id < ((link_info)->valid_links ? \ 6850 ARRAY_SIZE((link_info)->links) : 1); \ 6851 link_id++) \ 6852 if (!(link_info)->valid_links || \ 6853 ((link_info)->valid_links & BIT(link_id))) 6854 6855/** 6856 * DOC: Utility functions 6857 * 6858 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful. 6859 */ 6860 6861/** 6862 * ieee80211_channel_equal - compare two struct ieee80211_channel 6863 * 6864 * @a: 1st struct ieee80211_channel 6865 * @b: 2nd struct ieee80211_channel 6866 * Return: true if center frequency of @a == @b 6867 */ 6868static inline bool 6869ieee80211_channel_equal(struct ieee80211_channel *a, 6870 struct ieee80211_channel *b) 6871{ 6872 return (a->center_freq == b->center_freq && 6873 a->freq_offset == b->freq_offset); 6874} 6875 6876/** 6877 * ieee80211_channel_to_khz - convert ieee80211_channel to frequency in KHz 6878 * @chan: struct ieee80211_channel to convert 6879 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz) 6880 */ 6881static inline u32 6882ieee80211_channel_to_khz(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan) 6883{ 6884 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chan->center_freq) + chan->freq_offset; 6885} 6886 6887/** 6888 * ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz - convert channel number to frequency 6889 * @chan: channel number 6890 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 6891 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 6892 */ 6893u32 ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(int chan, enum nl80211_band band); 6894 6895/** 6896 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency 6897 * @chan: channel number 6898 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 6899 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 6900 */ 6901static inline int 6902ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band) 6903{ 6904 return KHZ_TO_MHZ(ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(chan, band)); 6905} 6906 6907/** 6908 * ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 6909 * @freq: center frequency in KHz 6910 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 6911 */ 6912int ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(u32 freq); 6913 6914/** 6915 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 6916 * @freq: center frequency in MHz 6917 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 6918 */ 6919static inline int 6920ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq) 6921{ 6922 return ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); 6923} 6924 6925/** 6926 * ieee80211_get_channel_khz - get channel struct from wiphy for specified 6927 * frequency 6928 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 6929 * @freq: the center frequency (in KHz) of the channel 6930 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 6931 */ 6932struct ieee80211_channel * 6933ieee80211_get_channel_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 freq); 6934 6935/** 6936 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency 6937 * 6938 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 6939 * @freq: the center frequency (in MHz) of the channel 6940 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 6941 */ 6942static inline struct ieee80211_channel * 6943ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq) 6944{ 6945 return ieee80211_get_channel_khz(wiphy, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); 6946} 6947 6948/** 6949 * cfg80211_channel_is_psc - Check if the channel is a 6 GHz PSC 6950 * @chan: control channel to check 6951 * 6952 * The Preferred Scanning Channels (PSC) are defined in 6953 * Draft IEEE P802.11ax/D5.0, 26.17.2.3.3 6954 * 6955 * Return: %true if channel is a PSC, %false otherwise 6956 */ 6957static inline bool cfg80211_channel_is_psc(struct ieee80211_channel *chan) 6958{ 6959 if (chan->band != NL80211_BAND_6GHZ) 6960 return false; 6961 6962 return ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(chan->center_freq) % 16 == 5; 6963} 6964 6965/** 6966 * ieee80211_radio_freq_range_valid - Check if the radio supports the 6967 * specified frequency range 6968 * 6969 * @radio: wiphy radio 6970 * @freq: the frequency (in KHz) to be queried 6971 * @width: the bandwidth (in KHz) to be queried 6972 * 6973 * Return: whether or not the given frequency range is valid for the given radio 6974 */ 6975bool ieee80211_radio_freq_range_valid(const struct wiphy_radio *radio, 6976 u32 freq, u32 width); 6977 6978/** 6979 * cfg80211_radio_chandef_valid - Check if the radio supports the chandef 6980 * 6981 * @radio: wiphy radio 6982 * @chandef: chandef for current channel 6983 * 6984 * Return: whether or not the given chandef is valid for the given radio 6985 */ 6986bool cfg80211_radio_chandef_valid(const struct wiphy_radio *radio, 6987 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 6988 6989/** 6990 * cfg80211_wdev_channel_allowed - Check if the wdev may use the channel 6991 * 6992 * @wdev: the wireless device 6993 * @chan: channel to check 6994 * 6995 * Return: whether or not the wdev may use the channel 6996 */ 6997bool cfg80211_wdev_channel_allowed(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6998 struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 6999 7000/** 7001 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate 7002 * 7003 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 7004 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates 7005 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate 7006 * 7007 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that 7008 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map, 7009 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of 7010 * rates in the band's bitrate table. 7011 */ 7012const struct ieee80211_rate * 7013ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 7014 u32 basic_rates, int bitrate); 7015 7016/** 7017 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band 7018 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 7019 * 7020 * Return: a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given band, bits 7021 * are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array. 7022 */ 7023u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband); 7024 7025/* 7026 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support 7027 * 7028 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c 7029 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.rst 7030 */ 7031 7032struct radiotap_align_size { 7033 uint8_t align:4, size:4; 7034}; 7035 7036struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace { 7037 const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size; 7038 int n_bits; 7039 uint32_t oui; 7040 uint8_t subns; 7041}; 7042 7043struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces { 7044 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns; 7045 int n_ns; 7046}; 7047 7048/** 7049 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args 7050 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call 7051 * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() 7052 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each 7053 * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after 7054 * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to 7055 * the beginning of the actual data portion 7056 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience 7057 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition 7058 * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown) 7059 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default 7060 * radiotap namespace or not 7061 * 7062 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through 7063 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering 7064 * @_arg_index: next argument index 7065 * @_arg: next argument pointer 7066 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32 7067 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present 7068 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions 7069 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data 7070 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the 7071 * next bitmap word 7072 * 7073 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore 7074 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally. 7075 */ 7076 7077struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator { 7078 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader; 7079 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns; 7080 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace; 7081 7082 unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data; 7083 __le32 *_next_bitmap; 7084 7085 unsigned char *this_arg; 7086 int this_arg_index; 7087 int this_arg_size; 7088 7089 int is_radiotap_ns; 7090 7091 int _max_length; 7092 int _arg_index; 7093 uint32_t _bitmap_shifter; 7094 int _reset_on_ext; 7095}; 7096 7097int 7098ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator, 7099 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header, 7100 int max_length, 7101 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns); 7102 7103int 7104ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator); 7105 7106 7107extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6]; 7108extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6]; 7109 7110/** 7111 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data 7112 * 7113 * @skb: the frame 7114 * 7115 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function 7116 * returns the 802.11 header length. 7117 * 7118 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption 7119 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid 7120 * 802.11 header. 7121 */ 7122unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb); 7123 7124/** 7125 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control 7126 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format 7127 * Return: The header length in bytes. 7128 */ 7129unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc); 7130 7131/** 7132 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length 7133 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field 7134 * (first byte) will be accessed 7135 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at 7136 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present. 7137 */ 7138unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr); 7139 7140/** 7141 * DOC: Data path helpers 7142 * 7143 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers 7144 * functions that help implement the data path for devices 7145 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device. 7146 */ 7147 7148/** 7149 * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 7150 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 7151 * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead 7152 * of it being pushed into the SKB 7153 * @addr: the device MAC address 7154 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 7155 * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header 7156 * @is_amsdu: true if the 802.11 header is A-MSDU 7157 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 7158 */ 7159int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr, 7160 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 7161 u8 data_offset, bool is_amsdu); 7162 7163/** 7164 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 7165 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 7166 * @addr: the device MAC address 7167 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 7168 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 7169 */ 7170static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr, 7171 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 7172{ 7173 return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0, false); 7174} 7175 7176/** 7177 * ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu - check if subframe lengths of an A-MSDU are valid 7178 * 7179 * This is used to detect non-standard A-MSDU frames, e.g. the ones generated 7180 * by ath10k and ath11k, where the subframe length includes the length of the 7181 * mesh control field. 7182 * 7183 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 7184 * @mesh_hdr: the type of mesh header to test 7185 * 0: non-mesh A-MSDU length field 7186 * 1: big-endian mesh A-MSDU length field 7187 * 2: little-endian mesh A-MSDU length field 7188 * Returns: true if subframe header lengths are valid for the @mesh_hdr mode 7189 */ 7190bool ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu(struct sk_buff *skb, u8 mesh_hdr); 7191 7192/** 7193 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame 7194 * 7195 * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames. 7196 * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully 7197 * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function. 7198 * 7199 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 7200 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and 7201 * initialized by the caller. 7202 * @addr: The device MAC address. 7203 * @iftype: The device interface type. 7204 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list. 7205 * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 7206 * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 7207 * @mesh_control: see mesh_hdr in ieee80211_is_valid_amsdu 7208 */ 7209void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list, 7210 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 7211 const unsigned int extra_headroom, 7212 const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa, 7213 u8 mesh_control); 7214 7215/** 7216 * ieee80211_get_8023_tunnel_proto - get RFC1042 or bridge tunnel encap protocol 7217 * 7218 * Check for RFC1042 or bridge tunnel header and fetch the encapsulated 7219 * protocol. 7220 * 7221 * @hdr: pointer to the MSDU payload 7222 * @proto: destination pointer to store the protocol 7223 * Return: true if encapsulation was found 7224 */ 7225bool ieee80211_get_8023_tunnel_proto(const void *hdr, __be16 *proto); 7226 7227/** 7228 * ieee80211_strip_8023_mesh_hdr - strip mesh header from converted 802.3 frames 7229 * 7230 * Strip the mesh header, which was left in by ieee80211_data_to_8023 as part 7231 * of the MSDU data. Also move any source/destination addresses from the mesh 7232 * header to the ethernet header (if present). 7233 * 7234 * @skb: The 802.3 frame with embedded mesh header 7235 * 7236 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 7237 */ 7238int ieee80211_strip_8023_mesh_hdr(struct sk_buff *skb); 7239 7240/** 7241 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame 7242 * @skb: the data frame 7243 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use 7244 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag. 7245 */ 7246unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb, 7247 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 7248 7249/** 7250 * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data 7251 * 7252 * @eid: element ID 7253 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7254 * @len: length of data 7255 * @match: byte array to match 7256 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 7257 * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match. 7258 * Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers 7259 * the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take 7260 * the data portion instead. 7261 * 7262 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 7263 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 7264 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 7265 * requested element struct. 7266 * 7267 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 7268 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 7269 * byte array to match. 7270 */ 7271const struct element * 7272cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 7273 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 7274 unsigned int match_offset); 7275 7276/** 7277 * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data 7278 * 7279 * @eid: element ID 7280 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7281 * @len: length of data 7282 * @match: byte array to match 7283 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 7284 * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match. 7285 * If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero. 7286 * Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first 7287 * byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and 7288 * the second byte is the IE length. 7289 * 7290 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 7291 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 7292 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first 7293 * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 7294 * element ID. 7295 * 7296 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 7297 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 7298 * byte array to match. 7299 */ 7300static inline const u8 * 7301cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 7302 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 7303 unsigned int match_offset) 7304{ 7305 /* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is 7306 * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well. 7307 */ 7308 if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) || 7309 (!match_len && match_offset))) 7310 return NULL; 7311 7312 return (const void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, 7313 match, match_len, 7314 match_offset ? 7315 match_offset - 2 : 0); 7316} 7317 7318/** 7319 * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data 7320 * 7321 * @eid: element ID 7322 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7323 * @len: length of data 7324 * 7325 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 7326 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 7327 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 7328 * requested element struct. 7329 * 7330 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 7331 * having to fit into the given data. 7332 */ 7333static inline const struct element * 7334cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 7335{ 7336 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 7337} 7338 7339/** 7340 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data 7341 * 7342 * @eid: element ID 7343 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7344 * @len: length of data 7345 * 7346 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 7347 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 7348 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 7349 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 7350 * 7351 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 7352 * having to fit into the given data. 7353 */ 7354static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 7355{ 7356 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 7357} 7358 7359/** 7360 * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data 7361 * 7362 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 7363 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7364 * @len: length of data 7365 * 7366 * Return: %NULL if the extended element could not be found or if 7367 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 7368 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 7369 * requested element struct. 7370 * 7371 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 7372 * having to fit into the given data. 7373 */ 7374static inline const struct element * 7375cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 7376{ 7377 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 7378 &ext_eid, 1, 0); 7379} 7380 7381/** 7382 * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data 7383 * 7384 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 7385 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7386 * @len: length of data 7387 * 7388 * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if 7389 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 7390 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 7391 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 7392 * 7393 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 7394 * having to fit into the given data. 7395 */ 7396static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 7397{ 7398 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 7399 &ext_eid, 1, 2); 7400} 7401 7402/** 7403 * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data 7404 * 7405 * @oui: vendor OUI 7406 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 7407 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7408 * @len: length of data 7409 * 7410 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 7411 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise 7412 * return the element structure for the requested element. 7413 * 7414 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 7415 * the given data. 7416 */ 7417const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 7418 const u8 *ies, 7419 unsigned int len); 7420 7421/** 7422 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data 7423 * 7424 * @oui: vendor OUI 7425 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 7426 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 7427 * @len: length of data 7428 * 7429 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 7430 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to 7431 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 7432 * element ID. 7433 * 7434 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 7435 * the given data. 7436 */ 7437static inline const u8 * 7438cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 7439 const u8 *ies, unsigned int len) 7440{ 7441 return (const void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len); 7442} 7443 7444/** 7445 * enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret - reduced neighbor report iteration state 7446 * @RNR_ITER_CONTINUE: continue iterating with the next entry 7447 * @RNR_ITER_BREAK: break iteration and return success 7448 * @RNR_ITER_ERROR: break iteration and return error 7449 */ 7450enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret { 7451 RNR_ITER_CONTINUE, 7452 RNR_ITER_BREAK, 7453 RNR_ITER_ERROR, 7454}; 7455 7456/** 7457 * cfg80211_iter_rnr - iterate reduced neighbor report entries 7458 * @elems: the frame elements to iterate RNR elements and then 7459 * their entries in 7460 * @elems_len: length of the elements 7461 * @iter: iteration function, see also &enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret 7462 * for the return value 7463 * @iter_data: additional data passed to the iteration function 7464 * Return: %true on success (after successfully iterating all entries 7465 * or if the iteration function returned %RNR_ITER_BREAK), 7466 * %false on error (iteration function returned %RNR_ITER_ERROR 7467 * or elements were malformed.) 7468 */ 7469bool cfg80211_iter_rnr(const u8 *elems, size_t elems_len, 7470 enum cfg80211_rnr_iter_ret 7471 (*iter)(void *data, u8 type, 7472 const struct ieee80211_neighbor_ap_info *info, 7473 const u8 *tbtt_info, u8 tbtt_info_len), 7474 void *iter_data); 7475 7476/** 7477 * cfg80211_defragment_element - Defrag the given element data into a buffer 7478 * 7479 * @elem: the element to defragment 7480 * @ies: elements where @elem is contained 7481 * @ieslen: length of @ies 7482 * @data: buffer to store element data, or %NULL to just determine size 7483 * @data_len: length of @data, or 0 7484 * @frag_id: the element ID of fragments 7485 * 7486 * Return: length of @data, or -EINVAL on error 7487 * 7488 * Copy out all data from an element that may be fragmented into @data, while 7489 * skipping all headers. 7490 * 7491 * The function uses memmove() internally. It is acceptable to defragment an 7492 * element in-place. 7493 */ 7494ssize_t cfg80211_defragment_element(const struct element *elem, const u8 *ies, 7495 size_t ieslen, u8 *data, size_t data_len, 7496 u8 frag_id); 7497 7498/** 7499 * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame 7500 * 7501 * @dev: network device 7502 * @addr: STA MAC address 7503 * 7504 * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge 7505 * devices upon STA association. 7506 */ 7507void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 7508 7509/** 7510 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure 7511 * 7512 * TODO 7513 */ 7514 7515/** 7516 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain 7517 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting 7518 * conflicts) 7519 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain 7520 * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you 7521 * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted 7522 * alpha2. 7523 * 7524 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core 7525 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by 7526 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory 7527 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain. 7528 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried 7529 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country. 7530 * 7531 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call. 7532 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(), 7533 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw(). 7534 * 7535 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 7536 * an -ENOMEM. 7537 * 7538 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM. 7539 */ 7540int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2); 7541 7542/** 7543 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers 7544 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 7545 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy 7546 * 7547 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they 7548 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more 7549 * information. 7550 * 7551 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 7552 */ 7553int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7554 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 7555 7556/** 7557 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync - set regdom for self-managed drivers 7558 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 7559 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy 7560 * 7561 * This functions requires the RTNL and the wiphy mutex to be held and 7562 * applies the new regdomain synchronously to this wiphy. For more details 7563 * see regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(). 7564 * 7565 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 7566 */ 7567int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7568 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 7569 7570/** 7571 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain 7572 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 7573 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy 7574 * 7575 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply 7576 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory 7577 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The 7578 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous 7579 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a 7580 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled. 7581 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag 7582 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy 7583 * that called this helper. 7584 */ 7585void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7586 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd); 7587 7588/** 7589 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency 7590 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for 7591 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for 7592 * 7593 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on 7594 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain 7595 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received 7596 * and processed already. 7597 * 7598 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule 7599 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to 7600 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return 7601 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even 7602 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band. 7603 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is 7604 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific. 7605 */ 7606const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7607 u32 center_freq); 7608 7609/** 7610 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name 7611 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator 7612 * 7613 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a 7614 * proper string representation. 7615 * 7616 * Return: pointer to string representation of the initiator 7617 */ 7618const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator); 7619 7620/** 7621 * regulatory_pre_cac_allowed - check if pre-CAC allowed in the current regdom 7622 * @wiphy: wiphy for which pre-CAC capability is checked. 7623 * 7624 * Pre-CAC is allowed only in some regdomains (notable ETSI). 7625 * 7626 * Return: %true if allowed, %false otherwise 7627 */ 7628bool regulatory_pre_cac_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7629 7630/** 7631 * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions 7632 * 7633 */ 7634 7635/** 7636 * reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule 7637 * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively 7638 * 7639 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried. 7640 * @freq: the frequency (in MHz) to be queried. 7641 * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db. 7642 * 7643 * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query 7644 * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given 7645 * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations. 7646 * 7647 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 7648 * an -ENODATA. 7649 * 7650 * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA. 7651 */ 7652int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq, 7653 struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule); 7654 7655/* 7656 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification 7657 * functions and BSS handling helpers 7658 */ 7659 7660/** 7661 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished 7662 * 7663 * @request: the corresponding scan request 7664 * @info: information about the completed scan 7665 */ 7666void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request, 7667 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info); 7668 7669/** 7670 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available 7671 * 7672 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results 7673 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 7674 */ 7675void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 7676 7677/** 7678 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 7679 * 7680 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 7681 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 7682 * 7683 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 7684 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 7685 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 7686 */ 7687void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 7688 7689/** 7690 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 7691 * 7692 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 7693 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 7694 * 7695 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 7696 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 7697 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 7698 * This function should be called with the wiphy mutex held. 7699 */ 7700void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 7701 7702/** 7703 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame 7704 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 7705 * @data: the BSS metadata 7706 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon) 7707 * @len: length of the management frame 7708 * @gfp: context flags 7709 * 7710 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 7711 * the BSS should be updated/added. 7712 * 7713 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 7714 * Or %NULL on error. 7715 */ 7716struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 7717cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7718 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 7719 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 7720 gfp_t gfp); 7721 7722static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 7723cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7724 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 7725 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 7726 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 7727{ 7728 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 7729 .chan = rx_channel, 7730 .signal = signal, 7731 }; 7732 7733 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 7734} 7735 7736/** 7737 * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID 7738 * @bssid: transmitter BSSID 7739 * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element 7740 * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element 7741 * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID 7742 */ 7743static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid, 7744 u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid) 7745{ 7746 u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid); 7747 u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0); 7748 u64 new_bssid_u64; 7749 7750 new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask; 7751 7752 new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask; 7753 7754 u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid); 7755} 7756 7757/** 7758 * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited 7759 * @element: element to check 7760 * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element 7761 * 7762 * Return: %true if should be inherited, %false otherwise 7763 */ 7764bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element, 7765 const struct element *non_inherit_element); 7766 7767/** 7768 * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs 7769 * @ie: ies 7770 * @ielen: length of IEs 7771 * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element 7772 * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile) 7773 * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile 7774 * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length 7775 * 7776 * Return: the number of bytes merged 7777 */ 7778size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 7779 const struct element *mbssid_elem, 7780 const struct element *sub_elem, 7781 u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len); 7782 7783/** 7784 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from 7785 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is 7786 * from a beacon or probe response 7787 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon 7788 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response 7789 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_S1G_BEACON: data comes from an S1G beacon 7790 */ 7791enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type { 7792 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN, 7793 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON, 7794 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP, 7795 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_S1G_BEACON, 7796}; 7797 7798/** 7799 * cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number - returns the channel number from ies 7800 * @ie: IEs 7801 * @ielen: length of IEs 7802 * @band: enum nl80211_band of the channel 7803 * 7804 * Return: the channel number, or -1 if none could be determined. 7805 */ 7806int cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 7807 enum nl80211_band band); 7808 7809/** 7810 * cfg80211_ssid_eq - compare two SSIDs 7811 * @a: first SSID 7812 * @b: second SSID 7813 * 7814 * Return: %true if SSIDs are equal, %false otherwise. 7815 */ 7816static inline bool 7817cfg80211_ssid_eq(struct cfg80211_ssid *a, struct cfg80211_ssid *b) 7818{ 7819 if (WARN_ON(!a || !b)) 7820 return false; 7821 if (a->ssid_len != b->ssid_len) 7822 return false; 7823 return memcmp(a->ssid, b->ssid, a->ssid_len) ? false : true; 7824} 7825 7826/** 7827 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS 7828 * 7829 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 7830 * @data: the BSS metadata 7831 * @ftype: frame type (if known) 7832 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS 7833 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0) 7834 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer 7835 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer 7836 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer 7837 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs 7838 * @gfp: context flags 7839 * 7840 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 7841 * the BSS should be updated/added. 7842 * 7843 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 7844 * Or %NULL on error. 7845 */ 7846struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 7847cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7848 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 7849 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 7850 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 7851 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 7852 gfp_t gfp); 7853 7854static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 7855cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7856 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 7857 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 7858 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 7859 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 7860 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 7861{ 7862 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 7863 .chan = rx_channel, 7864 .signal = signal, 7865 }; 7866 7867 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 7868 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 7869 gfp); 7870} 7871 7872/** 7873 * __cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference 7874 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 7875 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) 7876 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) 7877 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) 7878 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) 7879 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type 7880 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy 7881 * @use_for: indicates which use is intended 7882 * 7883 * Return: Reference-counted BSS on success. %NULL on error. 7884 */ 7885struct cfg80211_bss *__cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7886 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 7887 const u8 *bssid, 7888 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, 7889 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, 7890 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy, 7891 u32 use_for); 7892 7893/** 7894 * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference 7895 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 7896 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) 7897 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) 7898 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) 7899 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) 7900 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type 7901 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy 7902 * 7903 * This version implies regular usage, %NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL. 7904 * 7905 * Return: Reference-counted BSS on success. %NULL on error. 7906 */ 7907static inline struct cfg80211_bss * 7908cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 7909 const u8 *bssid, const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, 7910 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, 7911 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy) 7912{ 7913 return __cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, bssid, ssid, ssid_len, 7914 bss_type, privacy, 7915 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL); 7916} 7917 7918static inline struct cfg80211_bss * 7919cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7920 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 7921 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len) 7922{ 7923 return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len, 7924 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 7925 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY); 7926} 7927 7928/** 7929 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct 7930 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 7931 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference 7932 * 7933 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct. 7934 */ 7935void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 7936 7937/** 7938 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct 7939 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 7940 * @bss: the BSS struct 7941 * 7942 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct. 7943 */ 7944void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 7945 7946/** 7947 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures 7948 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7949 * @bss: the bss to remove 7950 * 7951 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures 7952 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this 7953 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time 7954 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all. 7955 */ 7956void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 7957 7958/** 7959 * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries 7960 * 7961 * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy 7962 * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not 7963 * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB. 7964 * 7965 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7966 * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel 7967 * of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel. 7968 * @iter: the iterator function to call 7969 * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function 7970 */ 7971void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7972 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7973 void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7974 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 7975 void *data), 7976 void *iter_data); 7977 7978/** 7979 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame 7980 * @dev: network device 7981 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body) 7982 * @len: length of the frame data 7983 * 7984 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or 7985 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode. 7986 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must 7987 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 7988 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 7989 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 7990 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed 7991 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used 7992 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function 7993 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead. 7994 * 7995 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 7996 */ 7997void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 7998 7999/** 8000 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication 8001 * @dev: network device 8002 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out 8003 * 8004 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's 8005 * mutex. 8006 */ 8007void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 8008 8009/** 8010 * struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data - association response data 8011 * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body) 8012 * @len: length of the frame data 8013 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format 8014 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 8015 * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame 8016 * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data 8017 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address (in case of MLO) 8018 * @links: per-link information indexed by link ID, use links[0] for 8019 * non-MLO connections 8020 * @links.bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the 8021 * pointer moves to cfg80211 in the call to cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp() 8022 * @links.status: Set this (along with a BSS pointer) for links that 8023 * were rejected by the AP. 8024 */ 8025struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data { 8026 const u8 *buf; 8027 size_t len; 8028 const u8 *req_ies; 8029 size_t req_ies_len; 8030 int uapsd_queues; 8031 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 8032 struct { 8033 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 8034 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 8035 u16 status; 8036 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 8037}; 8038 8039/** 8040 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response 8041 * @dev: network device 8042 * @data: association response data, &struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data 8043 * 8044 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 8045 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 8046 * 8047 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 8048 */ 8049void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev, 8050 const struct cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp_data *data); 8051 8052/** 8053 * struct cfg80211_assoc_failure - association failure data 8054 * @ap_mld_addr: AP MLD address, or %NULL 8055 * @bss: list of BSSes, must use entry 0 for non-MLO connections 8056 * (@ap_mld_addr is %NULL) 8057 * @timeout: indicates the association failed due to timeout, otherwise 8058 * the association was abandoned for a reason reported through some 8059 * other API (e.g. deauth RX) 8060 */ 8061struct cfg80211_assoc_failure { 8062 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 8063 struct cfg80211_bss *bss[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 8064 bool timeout; 8065}; 8066 8067/** 8068 * cfg80211_assoc_failure - notification of association failure 8069 * @dev: network device 8070 * @data: data describing the association failure 8071 * 8072 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 8073 */ 8074void cfg80211_assoc_failure(struct net_device *dev, 8075 struct cfg80211_assoc_failure *data); 8076 8077/** 8078 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame 8079 * @dev: network device 8080 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body) 8081 * @len: length of the frame data 8082 * @reconnect: immediate reconnect is desired (include the nl80211 attribute) 8083 * 8084 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in 8085 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and 8086 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the 8087 * corresponding wdev's mutex. 8088 */ 8089void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 8090 bool reconnect); 8091 8092/** 8093 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame 8094 * @dev: network device 8095 * @buf: received management frame (header + body) 8096 * @len: length of the frame data 8097 * 8098 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc 8099 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the 8100 * frame was not protected. This is also used to notify reception of a Beacon 8101 * frame that was dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while 8102 * beacon protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode). 8103 * 8104 * This function may sleep. 8105 */ 8106void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, 8107 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 8108 8109/** 8110 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP) 8111 * @dev: network device 8112 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame 8113 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used 8114 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing. 8115 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets) 8116 * @gfp: allocation flags 8117 * 8118 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a 8119 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() 8120 * primitive. 8121 */ 8122void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 8123 enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id, 8124 const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp); 8125 8126/** 8127 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS 8128 * 8129 * @dev: network device 8130 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined 8131 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined 8132 * @gfp: allocation flags 8133 * 8134 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or 8135 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called, 8136 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of 8137 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called 8138 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is 8139 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest. 8140 */ 8141void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 8142 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp); 8143 8144/** 8145 * cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer 8146 * candidate 8147 * 8148 * @dev: network device 8149 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate 8150 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate 8151 * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer 8152 * @sig_dbm: signal level in dBm 8153 * @gfp: allocation flags 8154 * 8155 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been 8156 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response. 8157 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace. 8158 */ 8159void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev, 8160 const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len, 8161 int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp); 8162 8163/** 8164 * DOC: RFkill integration 8165 * 8166 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers, 8167 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each 8168 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated 8169 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off. Drivers are 8170 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down. 8171 * 8172 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they 8173 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211. 8174 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here. 8175 */ 8176 8177/** 8178 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason - notify cfg80211 about hw block state 8179 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8180 * @blocked: block status 8181 * @reason: one of reasons in &enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons 8182 */ 8183void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked, 8184 enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons reason); 8185 8186static inline void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked) 8187{ 8188 wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(wiphy, blocked, 8189 RFKILL_HARD_BLOCK_SIGNAL); 8190} 8191 8192/** 8193 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill 8194 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8195 */ 8196void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8197 8198/** 8199 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill 8200 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8201 */ 8202static inline void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy) 8203{ 8204 rfkill_pause_polling(wiphy->rfkill); 8205} 8206 8207/** 8208 * DOC: Vendor commands 8209 * 8210 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that 8211 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the 8212 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with 8213 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as 8214 * the configuration mechanism. 8215 * 8216 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array 8217 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one. Each command has an 8218 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it. 8219 * 8220 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol 8221 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular, 8222 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any 8223 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection 8224 * managers etc. need. 8225 */ 8226 8227struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8228 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 8229 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 8230 int approxlen); 8231 8232struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8233 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8234 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 8235 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 8236 unsigned int portid, 8237 int vendor_event_idx, 8238 int approxlen, gfp_t gfp); 8239 8240void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp); 8241 8242/** 8243 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply 8244 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8245 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 8246 * be put into the skb 8247 * 8248 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 8249 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 8250 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid. 8251 * 8252 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in 8253 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 8254 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 8255 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 8256 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 8257 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute. 8258 * You must not modify the skb in any other way. 8259 * 8260 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return 8261 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation. 8262 * 8263 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 8264 */ 8265static inline struct sk_buff * 8266cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 8267{ 8268 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 8269 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen); 8270} 8271 8272/** 8273 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb 8274 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 8275 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb() 8276 * 8277 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 8278 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should 8279 * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the 8280 * skb regardless of the return value. 8281 * 8282 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 8283 */ 8284int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb); 8285 8286/** 8287 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender - get the current sender netlink ID 8288 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8289 * 8290 * Return: the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler. 8291 * 8292 * Context: May only be called from a vendor command handler 8293 */ 8294unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8295 8296/** 8297 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb 8298 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8299 * @wdev: the wireless device 8300 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 8301 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 8302 * be put into the skb 8303 * @gfp: allocation flags 8304 * 8305 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 8306 * vendor-specific multicast group. 8307 * 8308 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 8309 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 8310 * attribute. 8311 * 8312 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 8313 * skb to send the event. 8314 * 8315 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 8316 */ 8317static inline struct sk_buff * 8318cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8319 int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 8320{ 8321 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 8322 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 8323 0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 8324} 8325 8326/** 8327 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb 8328 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8329 * @wdev: the wireless device 8330 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 8331 * @portid: port ID of the receiver 8332 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 8333 * be put into the skb 8334 * @gfp: allocation flags 8335 * 8336 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to 8337 * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been 8338 * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take 8339 * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes. 8340 * 8341 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 8342 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 8343 * attribute. 8344 * 8345 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 8346 * skb to send the event. 8347 * 8348 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 8349 */ 8350static inline struct sk_buff * 8351cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8352 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8353 unsigned int portid, int approxlen, 8354 int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 8355{ 8356 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 8357 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 8358 portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 8359} 8360 8361/** 8362 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event 8363 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc() 8364 * @gfp: allocation flags 8365 * 8366 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 8367 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it. 8368 */ 8369static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 8370{ 8371 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 8372} 8373 8374#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 8375/** 8376 * DOC: Test mode 8377 * 8378 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to 8379 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance, 8380 * factory programming. 8381 * 8382 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it. For more 8383 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it. 8384 */ 8385 8386/** 8387 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply 8388 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8389 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 8390 * be put into the skb 8391 * 8392 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 8393 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 8394 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid. 8395 * 8396 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in 8397 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 8398 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 8399 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 8400 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 8401 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You 8402 * must not modify the skb in any other way. 8403 * 8404 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return 8405 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation. 8406 * 8407 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 8408 */ 8409static inline struct sk_buff * 8410cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 8411{ 8412 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 8413 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen); 8414} 8415 8416/** 8417 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb 8418 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 8419 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() 8420 * 8421 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 8422 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return 8423 * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb 8424 * regardless of the return value. 8425 * 8426 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 8427 */ 8428static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb) 8429{ 8430 return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb); 8431} 8432 8433/** 8434 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event 8435 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8436 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 8437 * be put into the skb 8438 * @gfp: allocation flags 8439 * 8440 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 8441 * testmode multicast group. 8442 * 8443 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with 8444 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As 8445 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the 8446 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb 8447 * in any other way. 8448 * 8449 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the 8450 * skb to send the event. 8451 * 8452 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 8453 */ 8454static inline struct sk_buff * 8455cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp) 8456{ 8457 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 8458 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1, 8459 approxlen, gfp); 8460} 8461 8462/** 8463 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event 8464 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 8465 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb() 8466 * @gfp: allocation flags 8467 * 8468 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 8469 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always 8470 * consumes it. 8471 */ 8472static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 8473{ 8474 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 8475} 8476 8477#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd), 8478#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd), 8479#else 8480#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) 8481#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) 8482#endif 8483 8484/** 8485 * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params 8486 * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL) 8487 * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets 8488 * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in 8489 * @erp_next_seq_num is valid. 8490 * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in 8491 * FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the 8492 * status for a FILS connection. 8493 * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL). 8494 * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets 8495 * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID 8496 * used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL). 8497 */ 8498struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params { 8499 const u8 *kek; 8500 size_t kek_len; 8501 bool update_erp_next_seq_num; 8502 u16 erp_next_seq_num; 8503 const u8 *pmk; 8504 size_t pmk_len; 8505 const u8 *pmkid; 8506}; 8507 8508/** 8509 * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params 8510 * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 8511 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 8512 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 8513 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 8514 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 8515 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 8516 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 8517 * case. 8518 * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL) 8519 * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length 8520 * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL) 8521 * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length 8522 * @fils: FILS connection response parameters. 8523 * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 8524 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 8525 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 8526 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 8527 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 8528 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 8529 * @valid_links: For MLO connection, BIT mask of the valid link ids. Otherwise 8530 * zero. 8531 * @ap_mld_addr: For MLO connection, MLD address of the AP. Otherwise %NULL. 8532 * @links : For MLO connection, contains link info for the valid links indicated 8533 * using @valid_links. For non-MLO connection, links[0] contains the 8534 * connected AP info. 8535 * @links.addr: For MLO connection, MAC address of the STA link. Otherwise 8536 * %NULL. 8537 * @links.bssid: For MLO connection, MAC address of the AP link. For non-MLO 8538 * connection, links[0].bssid points to the BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL). 8539 * @links.bss: For MLO connection, entry of bss to which STA link is connected. 8540 * For non-MLO connection, links[0].bss points to entry of bss to which STA 8541 * is connected. It can be obtained through cfg80211_get_bss() (may be 8542 * %NULL). It is recommended to store the bss from the connect_request and 8543 * hold a reference to it and return through this param to avoid a warning 8544 * if the bss is expired during the connection, esp. for those drivers 8545 * implementing connect op. Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs 8546 * to be specified. 8547 * @links.status: per-link status code, to report a status code that's not 8548 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for a given link, it must also be in the 8549 * @valid_links bitmap and may have a BSS pointer (which is then released) 8550 */ 8551struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params { 8552 int status; 8553 const u8 *req_ie; 8554 size_t req_ie_len; 8555 const u8 *resp_ie; 8556 size_t resp_ie_len; 8557 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 8558 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason; 8559 8560 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 8561 u16 valid_links; 8562 struct { 8563 const u8 *addr; 8564 const u8 *bssid; 8565 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 8566 u16 status; 8567 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 8568}; 8569 8570/** 8571 * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result 8572 * 8573 * @dev: network device 8574 * @params: connection response parameters 8575 * @gfp: allocation flags 8576 * 8577 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 8578 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 8579 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response 8580 * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), 8581 * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(), 8582 * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 8583 */ 8584void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev, 8585 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params, 8586 gfp_t gfp); 8587 8588/** 8589 * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result 8590 * 8591 * @dev: network device 8592 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 8593 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 8594 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the 8595 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return 8596 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the 8597 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. 8598 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. 8599 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 8600 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 8601 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 8602 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 8603 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 8604 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 8605 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 8606 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 8607 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 8608 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 8609 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 8610 * case. 8611 * @gfp: allocation flags 8612 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 8613 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 8614 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 8615 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 8616 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 8617 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 8618 * 8619 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 8620 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 8621 * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss 8622 * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among 8623 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 8624 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 8625 */ 8626static inline void 8627cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 8628 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie, 8629 size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie, 8630 size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp, 8631 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 8632{ 8633 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params; 8634 8635 memset(¶ms, 0, sizeof(params)); 8636 params.status = status; 8637 params.links[0].bssid = bssid; 8638 params.links[0].bss = bss; 8639 params.req_ie = req_ie; 8640 params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len; 8641 params.resp_ie = resp_ie; 8642 params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len; 8643 params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason; 8644 8645 cfg80211_connect_done(dev, ¶ms, gfp); 8646} 8647 8648/** 8649 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result 8650 * 8651 * @dev: network device 8652 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 8653 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 8654 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 8655 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 8656 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 8657 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 8658 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 8659 * the real status code for failures. 8660 * @gfp: allocation flags 8661 * 8662 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 8663 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 8664 * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only 8665 * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 8666 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 8667 */ 8668static inline void 8669cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 8670 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, 8671 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len, 8672 u16 status, gfp_t gfp) 8673{ 8674 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie, 8675 resp_ie_len, status, gfp, 8676 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED); 8677} 8678 8679/** 8680 * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout 8681 * 8682 * @dev: network device 8683 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 8684 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 8685 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 8686 * @gfp: allocation flags 8687 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. 8688 * 8689 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed 8690 * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was 8691 * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send 8692 * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while 8693 * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among 8694 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 8695 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 8696 */ 8697static inline void 8698cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 8699 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp, 8700 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 8701{ 8702 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1, 8703 gfp, timeout_reason); 8704} 8705 8706/** 8707 * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information 8708 * 8709 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 8710 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 8711 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 8712 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 8713 * @fils: FILS related roaming information. 8714 * @valid_links: For MLO roaming, BIT mask of the new valid links is set. 8715 * Otherwise zero. 8716 * @ap_mld_addr: For MLO roaming, MLD address of the new AP. Otherwise %NULL. 8717 * @links : For MLO roaming, contains new link info for the valid links set in 8718 * @valid_links. For non-MLO roaming, links[0] contains the new AP info. 8719 * @links.addr: For MLO roaming, MAC address of the STA link. Otherwise %NULL. 8720 * @links.bssid: For MLO roaming, MAC address of the new AP link. For non-MLO 8721 * roaming, links[0].bssid points to the BSSID of the new AP. May be 8722 * %NULL if %links.bss is set. 8723 * @links.channel: the channel of the new AP. 8724 * @links.bss: For MLO roaming, entry of new bss to which STA link got 8725 * roamed. For non-MLO roaming, links[0].bss points to entry of bss to 8726 * which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %links.bssid is set) 8727 */ 8728struct cfg80211_roam_info { 8729 const u8 *req_ie; 8730 size_t req_ie_len; 8731 const u8 *resp_ie; 8732 size_t resp_ie_len; 8733 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 8734 8735 const u8 *ap_mld_addr; 8736 u16 valid_links; 8737 struct { 8738 const u8 *addr; 8739 const u8 *bssid; 8740 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 8741 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 8742 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 8743}; 8744 8745/** 8746 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming 8747 * 8748 * @dev: network device 8749 * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info. 8750 * @gfp: allocation flags 8751 * 8752 * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the 8753 * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry. 8754 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP 8755 * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in 8756 * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where 8757 * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the 8758 * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling 8759 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released 8760 * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be 8761 * released while disconnecting from the current bss. 8762 */ 8763void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info, 8764 gfp_t gfp); 8765 8766/** 8767 * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association 8768 * 8769 * @dev: network device 8770 * @peer_addr: BSSID of the AP/P2P GO in case of STA/GC or STA/GC MAC address 8771 * in case of AP/P2P GO 8772 * @td_bitmap: transition disable policy 8773 * @td_bitmap_len: Length of transition disable policy 8774 * @gfp: allocation flags 8775 * 8776 * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake 8777 * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e., 8778 * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function 8779 * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(), 8780 * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to 8781 * indicate the 802.11 association. 8782 * This function can also be called by AP/P2P GO driver that supports 8783 * authentication offload. In this case the peer_mac passed is that of 8784 * associated STA/GC. 8785 */ 8786void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer_addr, 8787 const u8* td_bitmap, u8 td_bitmap_len, gfp_t gfp); 8788 8789/** 8790 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped 8791 * 8792 * @dev: network device 8793 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL) 8794 * @ie_len: length of IEs 8795 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown 8796 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally 8797 * @gfp: allocation flags 8798 * 8799 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state 8800 * and not try to connect to any AP any more. 8801 */ 8802void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason, 8803 const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len, 8804 bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp); 8805 8806/** 8807 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start 8808 * @wdev: wireless device 8809 * @cookie: the request cookie 8810 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 8811 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the 8812 * channel 8813 * @gfp: allocation flags 8814 */ 8815void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 8816 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 8817 unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp); 8818 8819/** 8820 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired 8821 * @wdev: wireless device 8822 * @cookie: the request cookie 8823 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 8824 * @gfp: allocation flags 8825 */ 8826void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 8827 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 8828 gfp_t gfp); 8829 8830/** 8831 * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired 8832 * @wdev: wireless device 8833 * @cookie: the requested cookie 8834 * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request) 8835 * @gfp: allocation flags 8836 */ 8837void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 8838 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp); 8839 8840/** 8841 * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics. 8842 * 8843 * @sinfo: the station information 8844 * @gfp: allocation flags 8845 * 8846 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 8847 */ 8848int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 8849 8850/** 8851 * cfg80211_link_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics. 8852 * 8853 * @link_sinfo: the link station information 8854 * @gfp: allocation flags 8855 * 8856 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 8857 */ 8858int cfg80211_link_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct link_station_info *link_sinfo, 8859 gfp_t gfp); 8860 8861/** 8862 * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info 8863 * @sinfo: the station information 8864 * 8865 * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station 8866 * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on 8867 * the stack.) 8868 */ 8869static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo) 8870{ 8871 kfree(sinfo->pertid); 8872 8873 for (int link_id = 0; link_id < ARRAY_SIZE(sinfo->links); link_id++) { 8874 if (sinfo->links[link_id]) { 8875 kfree(sinfo->links[link_id]->pertid); 8876 kfree(sinfo->links[link_id]); 8877 } 8878 } 8879} 8880 8881/** 8882 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station 8883 * 8884 * @dev: the netdev 8885 * @mac_addr: the station's address 8886 * @sinfo: the station information 8887 * @gfp: allocation flags 8888 */ 8889void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 8890 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 8891 8892/** 8893 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station 8894 * @dev: the netdev 8895 * @mac_addr: the station's address. For MLD station, MLD address is used. 8896 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics 8897 * @gfp: allocation flags 8898 */ 8899void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 8900 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 8901 8902/** 8903 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station 8904 * 8905 * @dev: the netdev 8906 * @mac_addr: the station's address. For MLD station, MLD address is used. 8907 * @gfp: allocation flags 8908 */ 8909static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev, 8910 const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp) 8911{ 8912 cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp); 8913} 8914 8915/** 8916 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification 8917 * 8918 * @dev: the netdev 8919 * @mac_addr: the station's address 8920 * @reason: the reason for connection failure 8921 * @gfp: allocation flags 8922 * 8923 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station 8924 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection 8925 * for some reasons, this function is called. 8926 * 8927 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from 8928 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum 8929 */ 8930void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 8931 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason, 8932 gfp_t gfp); 8933 8934/** 8935 * struct cfg80211_rx_info - received management frame info 8936 * 8937 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in kHz 8938 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 8939 * @have_link_id: indicates the frame was received on a link of 8940 * an MLD, i.e. the @link_id field is valid 8941 * @link_id: the ID of the link the frame was received on 8942 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8943 * @len: length of the frame data 8944 * @flags: flags, as defined in &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 8945 * @rx_tstamp: Hardware timestamp of frame RX in nanoseconds 8946 * @ack_tstamp: Hardware timestamp of ack TX in nanoseconds 8947 */ 8948struct cfg80211_rx_info { 8949 int freq; 8950 int sig_dbm; 8951 bool have_link_id; 8952 u8 link_id; 8953 const u8 *buf; 8954 size_t len; 8955 u32 flags; 8956 u64 rx_tstamp; 8957 u64 ack_tstamp; 8958}; 8959 8960/** 8961 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext - management frame notification with extended info 8962 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8963 * @info: RX info as defined in struct cfg80211_rx_info 8964 * 8965 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 8966 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 8967 * 8968 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 8969 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 8970 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 8971 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 8972 */ 8973bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8974 struct cfg80211_rx_info *info); 8975 8976/** 8977 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 8978 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 8979 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in KHz 8980 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 8981 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 8982 * @len: length of the frame data 8983 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 8984 * 8985 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 8986 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 8987 * 8988 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 8989 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 8990 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 8991 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 8992 */ 8993static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, 8994 int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 8995 u32 flags) 8996{ 8997 struct cfg80211_rx_info info = { 8998 .freq = freq, 8999 .sig_dbm = sig_dbm, 9000 .buf = buf, 9001 .len = len, 9002 .flags = flags 9003 }; 9004 9005 return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(wdev, &info); 9006} 9007 9008/** 9009 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 9010 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 9011 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz 9012 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 9013 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 9014 * @len: length of the frame data 9015 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 9016 * 9017 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 9018 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 9019 * 9020 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 9021 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 9022 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 9023 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 9024 */ 9025static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, 9026 int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 9027 u32 flags) 9028{ 9029 struct cfg80211_rx_info info = { 9030 .freq = MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), 9031 .sig_dbm = sig_dbm, 9032 .buf = buf, 9033 .len = len, 9034 .flags = flags 9035 }; 9036 9037 return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_ext(wdev, &info); 9038} 9039 9040/** 9041 * struct cfg80211_tx_status - TX status for management frame information 9042 * 9043 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 9044 * @tx_tstamp: hardware TX timestamp in nanoseconds 9045 * @ack_tstamp: hardware ack RX timestamp in nanoseconds 9046 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 9047 * @len: length of the frame data 9048 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 9049 */ 9050struct cfg80211_tx_status { 9051 u64 cookie; 9052 u64 tx_tstamp; 9053 u64 ack_tstamp; 9054 const u8 *buf; 9055 size_t len; 9056 bool ack; 9057}; 9058 9059/** 9060 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext - TX status notification with extended info 9061 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 9062 * @status: TX status data 9063 * @gfp: context flags 9064 * 9065 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 9066 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 9067 * transmission attempt with extended info. 9068 */ 9069void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9070 struct cfg80211_tx_status *status, gfp_t gfp); 9071 9072/** 9073 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame 9074 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 9075 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 9076 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 9077 * @len: length of the frame data 9078 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 9079 * @gfp: context flags 9080 * 9081 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 9082 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 9083 * transmission attempt. 9084 */ 9085static inline void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9086 u64 cookie, const u8 *buf, 9087 size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp) 9088{ 9089 struct cfg80211_tx_status status = { 9090 .cookie = cookie, 9091 .buf = buf, 9092 .len = len, 9093 .ack = ack 9094 }; 9095 9096 cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status_ext(wdev, &status, gfp); 9097} 9098 9099/** 9100 * cfg80211_control_port_tx_status - notification of TX status for control 9101 * port frames 9102 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 9103 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() 9104 * @buf: Data frame (header + body) 9105 * @len: length of the frame data 9106 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 9107 * @gfp: context flags 9108 * 9109 * This function is called whenever a control port frame was requested to be 9110 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() to report the TX status of 9111 * the transmission attempt. 9112 */ 9113void cfg80211_control_port_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 9114 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, 9115 gfp_t gfp); 9116 9117/** 9118 * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame 9119 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 9120 * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame. It is assumed that the skbuf 9121 * is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header). The skb can be non-linear. 9122 * This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is 9123 * responsible for any cleanup. The caller must also ensure that 9124 * skb->protocol is set appropriately. 9125 * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted 9126 * @link_id: the link the frame was received on, -1 if not applicable or unknown 9127 * 9128 * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port 9129 * frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive 9130 * control port frames over nl80211. 9131 * 9132 * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all 9133 * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame). 9134 * 9135 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace 9136 */ 9137bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev, struct sk_buff *skb, 9138 bool unencrypted, int link_id); 9139 9140/** 9141 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event 9142 * @dev: network device 9143 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event 9144 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available 9145 * @gfp: context flags 9146 * 9147 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring 9148 * rssi threshold reached event occurs. 9149 */ 9150void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9151 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event, 9152 s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp); 9153 9154/** 9155 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer 9156 * @dev: network device 9157 * @peer: peer's MAC address 9158 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold 9159 * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent 9160 * threshold (to account for temporary interference) 9161 * @gfp: context flags 9162 */ 9163void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9164 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp); 9165 9166/** 9167 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event 9168 * @dev: network device 9169 * @peer: peer's MAC address 9170 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost 9171 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission 9172 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached. 9173 * @gfp: context flags 9174 * 9175 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a 9176 * given interval is exceeded. 9177 */ 9178void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 9179 u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp); 9180 9181/** 9182 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event 9183 * @dev: network device 9184 * @gfp: context flags 9185 * 9186 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP. 9187 */ 9188void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp); 9189 9190/** 9191 * __cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event 9192 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9193 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 9194 * @offchan: the radar has been detected on the offchannel chain 9195 * @gfp: context flags 9196 * 9197 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl. 9198 */ 9199void __cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9200 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9201 bool offchan, gfp_t gfp); 9202 9203static inline void 9204cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9205 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9206 gfp_t gfp) 9207{ 9208 __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, false, gfp); 9209} 9210 9211static inline void 9212cfg80211_background_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9213 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9214 gfp_t gfp) 9215{ 9216 __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, true, gfp); 9217} 9218 9219/** 9220 * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event 9221 * @dev: network device 9222 * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified 9223 * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value 9224 * @gfp: context flags 9225 * 9226 * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action 9227 * frame. 9228 */ 9229void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac, 9230 struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode, 9231 gfp_t gfp); 9232 9233/** 9234 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event 9235 * @netdev: network device 9236 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 9237 * @event: type of event 9238 * @gfp: context flags 9239 * @link_id: valid link_id for MLO operation or 0 otherwise. 9240 * 9241 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished 9242 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process, 9243 * also by full-MAC drivers. 9244 */ 9245void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev, 9246 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9247 enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp, 9248 unsigned int link_id); 9249 9250/** 9251 * cfg80211_background_cac_abort - Channel Availability Check offchan abort event 9252 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9253 * 9254 * This function is called by the driver when a Channel Availability Check 9255 * (CAC) is aborted by a offchannel dedicated chain. 9256 */ 9257void cfg80211_background_cac_abort(struct wiphy *wiphy); 9258 9259/** 9260 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying 9261 * @dev: network device 9262 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races) 9263 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter 9264 * @gfp: allocation flags 9265 */ 9266void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 9267 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp); 9268 9269/** 9270 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate 9271 * @dev: network device 9272 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority) 9273 * @bssid: BSSID of AP 9274 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication 9275 * @gfp: allocation flags 9276 */ 9277void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index, 9278 const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp); 9279 9280/** 9281 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame 9282 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 9283 * @link_id: the link the frame was received on, -1 if not applicable or unknown 9284 * @addr: the transmitter address 9285 * @gfp: context flags 9286 * 9287 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 9288 * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the 9289 * sender. 9290 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 9291 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 9292 */ 9293bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 9294 int link_id, gfp_t gfp); 9295 9296/** 9297 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame 9298 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 9299 * @addr: the transmitter address 9300 * @link_id: the link the frame was received on, -1 if not applicable or unknown 9301 * @gfp: context flags 9302 * 9303 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 9304 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected. 9305 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each 9306 * station to avoid event flooding. 9307 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 9308 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 9309 */ 9310bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 9311 int link_id, gfp_t gfp); 9312 9313/** 9314 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status 9315 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on 9316 * @addr: the address of the peer 9317 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously 9318 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not 9319 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame. 9320 * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not. 9321 * @gfp: allocation flags 9322 */ 9323void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 9324 u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal, 9325 bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp); 9326 9327/** 9328 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz - report beacon from other APs 9329 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 9330 * @frame: the frame 9331 * @len: length of the frame 9332 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on in KHz 9333 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 9334 * 9335 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 9336 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 9337 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 9338 */ 9339void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, const u8 *frame, 9340 size_t len, int freq, int sig_dbm); 9341 9342/** 9343 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs 9344 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 9345 * @frame: the frame 9346 * @len: length of the frame 9347 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on 9348 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 9349 * 9350 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 9351 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 9352 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 9353 */ 9354static inline void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9355 const u8 *frame, size_t len, 9356 int freq, int sig_dbm) 9357{ 9358 cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(wiphy, frame, len, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), 9359 sig_dbm); 9360} 9361 9362/** 9363 * struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config - beacon check configuration 9364 * @iftype: the interface type to check for 9365 * @relax: allow IR-relaxation conditions to apply (e.g. another 9366 * interface connected already on the same channel) 9367 * NOTE: If this is set, wiphy mutex must be held. 9368 * @reg_power: &enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power value indicating the 9369 * advertised/used 6 GHz regulatory power setting 9370 */ 9371struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config { 9372 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 9373 enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power reg_power; 9374 bool relax; 9375}; 9376 9377/** 9378 * cfg80211_reg_check_beaconing - check if beaconing is allowed 9379 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9380 * @chandef: the channel definition 9381 * @cfg: additional parameters for the checking 9382 * 9383 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 9384 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) 9385 */ 9386bool cfg80211_reg_check_beaconing(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9387 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9388 struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config *cfg); 9389 9390/** 9391 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed 9392 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9393 * @chandef: the channel definition 9394 * @iftype: interface type 9395 * 9396 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 9397 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) 9398 */ 9399static inline bool 9400cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9401 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9402 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 9403{ 9404 struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config config = { 9405 .iftype = iftype, 9406 }; 9407 9408 return cfg80211_reg_check_beaconing(wiphy, chandef, &config); 9409} 9410 9411/** 9412 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation 9413 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9414 * @chandef: the channel definition 9415 * @iftype: interface type 9416 * 9417 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 9418 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version 9419 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under 9420 * more permissive conditions. 9421 * 9422 * Context: Requires the wiphy mutex to be held. 9423 */ 9424static inline bool 9425cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9426 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9427 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 9428{ 9429 struct cfg80211_beaconing_check_config config = { 9430 .iftype = iftype, 9431 .relax = true, 9432 }; 9433 9434 return cfg80211_reg_check_beaconing(wiphy, chandef, &config); 9435} 9436 9437/** 9438 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace 9439 * @dev: the device which switched channels 9440 * @chandef: the new channel definition 9441 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, must be 0 for non-MLO 9442 * 9443 * Caller must hold wiphy mutex, therefore must only be called from sleepable 9444 * driver context! 9445 */ 9446void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9447 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9448 unsigned int link_id); 9449 9450/** 9451 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start 9452 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started 9453 * @chandef: the future channel definition 9454 * @link_id: the link ID for MLO, must be 0 for non-MLO 9455 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens 9456 * @quiet: whether or not immediate quiet was requested by the AP 9457 * 9458 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just 9459 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting 9460 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary. 9461 */ 9462void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 9463 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9464 unsigned int link_id, u8 count, 9465 bool quiet); 9466 9467/** 9468 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band 9469 * 9470 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert 9471 * @band: band pointer to fill 9472 * 9473 * Return: %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 9474 */ 9475bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class, 9476 enum nl80211_band *band); 9477 9478/** 9479 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_chandef - convert operating class to chandef 9480 * 9481 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert 9482 * @chan: the ieee80211_channel to convert 9483 * @chandef: a pointer to the resulting chandef 9484 * 9485 * Return: %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 9486 */ 9487bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_chandef(u8 operating_class, 9488 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 9489 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 9490 9491/** 9492 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class 9493 * 9494 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 9495 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class 9496 * 9497 * Return: %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 9498 */ 9499bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 9500 u8 *op_class); 9501 9502/** 9503 * ieee80211_chandef_to_khz - convert chandef to frequency in KHz 9504 * 9505 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 9506 * 9507 * Return: the center frequency of chandef (1st segment) in KHz. 9508 */ 9509static inline u32 9510ieee80211_chandef_to_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 9511{ 9512 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chandef->center_freq1) + chandef->freq1_offset; 9513} 9514 9515/** 9516 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation 9517 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested 9518 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device 9519 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or 9520 * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN) 9521 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request 9522 * @gfp: allocation flags 9523 * 9524 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that 9525 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP 9526 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use 9527 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g., 9528 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer). 9529 */ 9530void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 9531 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper, 9532 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp); 9533 9534/** 9535 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units) 9536 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from 9537 * 9538 * Return: calculated bitrate 9539 */ 9540u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate); 9541 9542/** 9543 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev 9544 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove 9545 * 9546 * This function removes the device so it can no longer be used. It is necessary 9547 * to call this function even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the device 9548 * by calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also be called 9549 * when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g. when the hardware device 9550 * is unbound from the driver. 9551 * 9552 * Context: Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 9553 */ 9554void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev); 9555 9556/** 9557 * cfg80211_register_netdevice - register the given netdev 9558 * @dev: the netdev to register 9559 * 9560 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather 9561 * than register_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL is 9562 * held. Otherwise, both register_netdevice() and register_netdev() are usable 9563 * instead as well. 9564 * 9565 * Context: Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 9566 * 9567 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 9568 */ 9569int cfg80211_register_netdevice(struct net_device *dev); 9570 9571/** 9572 * cfg80211_unregister_netdevice - unregister the given netdev 9573 * @dev: the netdev to register 9574 * 9575 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather 9576 * than unregister_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL 9577 * is held. Otherwise, both unregister_netdevice() and unregister_netdev() are 9578 * usable instead as well. 9579 * 9580 * Context: Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 9581 */ 9582static inline void cfg80211_unregister_netdevice(struct net_device *dev) 9583{ 9584#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 9585 cfg80211_unregister_wdev(dev->ieee80211_ptr); 9586#endif 9587} 9588 9589/** 9590 * struct cfg80211_ft_event_params - FT Information Elements 9591 * @ies: FT IEs 9592 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes 9593 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address 9594 * @ric_ies: RIC IE 9595 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes 9596 */ 9597struct cfg80211_ft_event_params { 9598 const u8 *ies; 9599 size_t ies_len; 9600 const u8 *target_ap; 9601 const u8 *ric_ies; 9602 size_t ric_ies_len; 9603}; 9604 9605/** 9606 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE 9607 * @netdev: network device 9608 * @ft_event: IE information 9609 */ 9610void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev, 9611 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event); 9612 9613/** 9614 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer 9615 * @ies: the input IE buffer 9616 * @len: the input length 9617 * @attr: the attribute ID to find 9618 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g. 9619 * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size 9620 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer 9621 * 9622 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and 9623 * copies its contents to the given buffer. 9624 * 9625 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is 9626 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the 9627 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero). 9628 */ 9629int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 9630 enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr, 9631 u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize); 9632 9633/** 9634 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC) 9635 * @ies: the IE buffer 9636 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 9637 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 9638 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 9639 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 9640 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 9641 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element 9642 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array 9643 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 9644 * 9645 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 9646 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 9647 * split. 9648 * 9649 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 9650 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 9651 * 9652 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 9653 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 9654 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 9655 * 9656 * Return: The offset where the next part of the buffer starts, which 9657 * may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) of the buffer should be 9658 * used. 9659 */ 9660size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 9661 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, 9662 const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric, 9663 size_t offset); 9664 9665/** 9666 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering 9667 * @ies: the IE buffer 9668 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 9669 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 9670 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 9671 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 9672 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 9673 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 9674 * 9675 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 9676 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 9677 * split. 9678 * 9679 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 9680 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 9681 * 9682 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 9683 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 9684 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 9685 * 9686 * Return: The offset where the next part of the buffer starts, which 9687 * may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) of the buffer should be 9688 * used. 9689 */ 9690static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 9691 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset) 9692{ 9693 return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset); 9694} 9695 9696/** 9697 * ieee80211_fragment_element - fragment the last element in skb 9698 * @skb: The skbuf that the element was added to 9699 * @len_pos: Pointer to length of the element to fragment 9700 * @frag_id: The element ID to use for fragments 9701 * 9702 * This function fragments all data after @len_pos, adding fragmentation 9703 * elements with the given ID as appropriate. The SKB will grow in size 9704 * accordingly. 9705 */ 9706void ieee80211_fragment_element(struct sk_buff *skb, u8 *len_pos, u8 frag_id); 9707 9708/** 9709 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN 9710 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup 9711 * @wakeup: the wakeup report 9712 * @gfp: allocation flags 9713 * 9714 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it 9715 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may 9716 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something 9717 * else caused the wakeup. 9718 */ 9719void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9720 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup, 9721 gfp_t gfp); 9722 9723/** 9724 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver. 9725 * 9726 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped. 9727 * @gfp: allocation flags 9728 * 9729 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted 9730 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given 9731 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired. 9732 */ 9733void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp); 9734 9735/** 9736 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has 9737 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9738 * 9739 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device. 9740 */ 9741unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy); 9742 9743/** 9744 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations 9745 * 9746 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9747 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 9748 * 9749 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a 9750 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to 9751 * the interface combinations. 9752 * 9753 * Return: 0 if combinations are allowed. Non-zero on error. 9754 */ 9755int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9756 struct iface_combination_params *params); 9757 9758/** 9759 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations 9760 * 9761 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9762 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 9763 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination 9764 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function 9765 * 9766 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible 9767 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching 9768 * purposes. 9769 * 9770 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 9771 */ 9772int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9773 struct iface_combination_params *params, 9774 void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c, 9775 void *data), 9776 void *data); 9777/** 9778 * cfg80211_get_radio_idx_by_chan - get the radio index by the channel 9779 * 9780 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9781 * @chan: channel for which the supported radio index is required 9782 * 9783 * Return: radio index on success or -EINVAL otherwise 9784 */ 9785int cfg80211_get_radio_idx_by_chan(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9786 const struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 9787 9788 9789/** 9790 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection 9791 * 9792 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9793 * @wdev: wireless device 9794 * @gfp: context flags 9795 * 9796 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA 9797 * disconnected. 9798 * 9799 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous. 9800 */ 9801void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9802 gfp_t gfp); 9803 9804/** 9805 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy 9806 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down 9807 * 9808 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by 9809 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed). 9810 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors 9811 * that really can't be recovered in any other way. 9812 * 9813 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into 9814 * the driver while the function is running. 9815 */ 9816void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy); 9817 9818/** 9819 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag 9820 * 9821 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 9822 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 9823 * 9824 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 9825 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 9826 */ 9827static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9828 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 9829{ 9830 u8 *ft_byte; 9831 9832 ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 9833 *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8); 9834} 9835 9836/** 9837 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag 9838 * 9839 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 9840 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 9841 * 9842 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 9843 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 9844 * 9845 * Return: %true if extended feature flag is set, %false otherwise 9846 */ 9847static inline bool 9848wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy, 9849 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 9850{ 9851 u8 ft_byte; 9852 9853 ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 9854 return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0; 9855} 9856 9857/** 9858 * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function 9859 * @f: NAN function that should be freed 9860 * 9861 * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members. 9862 */ 9863void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f); 9864 9865/** 9866 * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters 9867 * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is 9868 * %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber. 9869 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery 9870 * result. 9871 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up. 9872 * @inst_id: the local instance id 9873 * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function 9874 * @addr: the MAC address of the peer 9875 * @info_len: the length of the &info 9876 * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any) 9877 * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function 9878 */ 9879struct cfg80211_nan_match_params { 9880 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 9881 u8 inst_id; 9882 u8 peer_inst_id; 9883 const u8 *addr; 9884 u8 info_len; 9885 const u8 *info; 9886 u64 cookie; 9887}; 9888 9889/** 9890 * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function. 9891 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 9892 * @match: match notification parameters 9893 * @gfp: allocation flags 9894 * 9895 * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This 9896 * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that 9897 * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received. 9898 */ 9899void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9900 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp); 9901 9902/** 9903 * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination. 9904 * 9905 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 9906 * @inst_id: the local instance id 9907 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*) 9908 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier 9909 * @gfp: allocation flags 9910 * 9911 * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated. 9912 */ 9913void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9914 u8 inst_id, 9915 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason, 9916 u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp); 9917 9918/* ethtool helper */ 9919void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info); 9920 9921/** 9922 * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication 9923 * @netdev: network device 9924 * @params: External authentication parameters 9925 * @gfp: allocation flags 9926 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error 9927 */ 9928int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev, 9929 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params, 9930 gfp_t gfp); 9931 9932/** 9933 * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data 9934 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 9935 * @req: the original measurement request 9936 * @result: the result data 9937 * @gfp: allocation flags 9938 */ 9939void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9940 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 9941 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result, 9942 gfp_t gfp); 9943 9944/** 9945 * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed 9946 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 9947 * @req: the original measurement request 9948 * @gfp: allocation flags 9949 * 9950 * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this 9951 * the request pointer will no longer be valid. 9952 */ 9953void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 9954 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 9955 gfp_t gfp); 9956 9957/** 9958 * cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed 9959 * @wiphy: the wiphy 9960 * @iftype: interface type 9961 * @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1' 9962 * @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces 9963 * 9964 * Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API 9965 * can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when 9966 * check_swif is '1'. 9967 * 9968 * Return: %true if allowed, %false otherwise 9969 */ 9970bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 9971 bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif); 9972 9973 9974/** 9975 * cfg80211_assoc_comeback - notification of association that was 9976 * temporarily rejected with a comeback 9977 * @netdev: network device 9978 * @ap_addr: AP (MLD) address that rejected the association 9979 * @timeout: timeout interval value TUs. 9980 * 9981 * this function may sleep. the caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 9982 */ 9983void cfg80211_assoc_comeback(struct net_device *netdev, 9984 const u8 *ap_addr, u32 timeout); 9985 9986/* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */ 9987 9988/* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */ 9989 9990#define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \ 9991 dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9992#define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9993 dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9994#define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9995 dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9996#define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9997 dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 9998#define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \ 9999 dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 10000#define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \ 10001 dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 10002#define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \ 10003 dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 10004#define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \ 10005 dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 10006#define wiphy_info_once(wiphy, format, args...) \ 10007 dev_info_once(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 10008 10009#define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 10010 dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 10011#define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 10012 dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 10013 10014#define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \ 10015 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args) 10016 10017#define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 10018 dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 10019 10020#if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG) 10021#define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg 10022#else 10023#define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 10024({ \ 10025 if (0) \ 10026 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \ 10027 0; \ 10028}) 10029#endif 10030 10031/* 10032 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference 10033 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the 10034 * file/line information and a backtrace. 10035 */ 10036#define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \ 10037 WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args); 10038 10039/** 10040 * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space 10041 * @netdev: network device 10042 * @owe_info: peer's owe info 10043 * @gfp: allocation flags 10044 */ 10045void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev, 10046 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info, 10047 gfp_t gfp); 10048 10049/** 10050 * cfg80211_bss_flush - resets all the scan entries 10051 * @wiphy: the wiphy 10052 */ 10053void cfg80211_bss_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy); 10054 10055/** 10056 * cfg80211_bss_color_notify - notify about bss color event 10057 * @dev: network device 10058 * @cmd: the actual event we want to notify 10059 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens 10060 * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of 10061 * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO. 10062 * 10063 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 10064 */ 10065int cfg80211_bss_color_notify(struct net_device *dev, 10066 enum nl80211_commands cmd, u8 count, 10067 u64 color_bitmap, u8 link_id); 10068 10069/** 10070 * cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify - notify about bss color collision 10071 * @dev: network device 10072 * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of 10073 * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO. 10074 * 10075 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 10076 */ 10077static inline int cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify(struct net_device *dev, 10078 u64 color_bitmap, 10079 u8 link_id) 10080{ 10081 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION, 10082 0, color_bitmap, link_id); 10083} 10084 10085/** 10086 * cfg80211_color_change_started_notify - notify color change start 10087 * @dev: the device on which the color is switched 10088 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens 10089 * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO. 10090 * 10091 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has started. 10092 * 10093 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 10094 */ 10095static inline int cfg80211_color_change_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 10096 u8 count, u8 link_id) 10097{ 10098 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED, 10099 count, 0, link_id); 10100} 10101 10102/** 10103 * cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify - notify color change abort 10104 * @dev: the device on which the color is switched 10105 * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO. 10106 * 10107 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has aborted. 10108 * 10109 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 10110 */ 10111static inline int cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify(struct net_device *dev, 10112 u8 link_id) 10113{ 10114 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED, 10115 0, 0, link_id); 10116} 10117 10118/** 10119 * cfg80211_color_change_notify - notify color change completion 10120 * @dev: the device on which the color was switched 10121 * @link_id: valid link_id in case of MLO or 0 for non-MLO. 10122 * 10123 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has completed. 10124 * 10125 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 10126 */ 10127static inline int cfg80211_color_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, 10128 u8 link_id) 10129{ 10130 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, 10131 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED, 10132 0, 0, link_id); 10133} 10134 10135/** 10136 * cfg80211_6ghz_power_type - determine AP regulatory power type 10137 * @control: control flags 10138 * @client_flags: &enum ieee80211_channel_flags for station mode to enable 10139 * SP to LPI fallback, zero otherwise. 10140 * 10141 * Return: regulatory power type from &enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power 10142 */ 10143static inline enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power 10144cfg80211_6ghz_power_type(u8 control, u32 client_flags) 10145{ 10146 switch (u8_get_bits(control, IEEE80211_HE_6GHZ_OPER_CTRL_REG_INFO)) { 10147 case IEEE80211_6GHZ_CTRL_REG_LPI_AP: 10148 case IEEE80211_6GHZ_CTRL_REG_INDOOR_LPI_AP: 10149 case IEEE80211_6GHZ_CTRL_REG_AP_ROLE_NOT_RELEVANT: 10150 case IEEE80211_6GHZ_CTRL_REG_INDOOR_SP_AP_OLD: 10151 return IEEE80211_REG_LPI_AP; 10152 case IEEE80211_6GHZ_CTRL_REG_SP_AP: 10153 return IEEE80211_REG_SP_AP; 10154 case IEEE80211_6GHZ_CTRL_REG_VLP_AP: 10155 return IEEE80211_REG_VLP_AP; 10156 case IEEE80211_6GHZ_CTRL_REG_INDOOR_SP_AP: 10157 if (client_flags & IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT) 10158 return IEEE80211_REG_LPI_AP; 10159 return IEEE80211_REG_SP_AP; 10160 default: 10161 return IEEE80211_REG_UNSET_AP; 10162 } 10163} 10164 10165/** 10166 * cfg80211_links_removed - Notify about removed STA MLD setup links. 10167 * @dev: network device. 10168 * @link_mask: BIT mask of removed STA MLD setup link IDs. 10169 * 10170 * Inform cfg80211 and the userspace about removed STA MLD setup links due to 10171 * AP MLD removing the corresponding affiliated APs with Multi-Link 10172 * reconfiguration. Note that it's not valid to remove all links, in this 10173 * case disconnect instead. 10174 * Also note that the wdev mutex must be held. 10175 */ 10176void cfg80211_links_removed(struct net_device *dev, u16 link_mask); 10177 10178/** 10179 * struct cfg80211_mlo_reconf_done_data - MLO reconfiguration data 10180 * @buf: MLO Reconfiguration Response frame (header + body) 10181 * @len: length of the frame data 10182 * @driver_initiated: Indicates whether the add links request is initiated by 10183 * driver. This is set to true when the link reconfiguration request 10184 * initiated by driver due to AP link recommendation requests 10185 * (Ex: BTM (BSS Transition Management) request) handling offloaded to 10186 * driver. 10187 * @added_links: BIT mask of links successfully added to the association 10188 * @links: per-link information indexed by link ID 10189 * @links.bss: the BSS that MLO reconfiguration was requested for, ownership of 10190 * the pointer moves to cfg80211 in the call to 10191 * cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done(). 10192 * 10193 * The BSS pointer must be set for each link for which 'add' operation was 10194 * requested in the assoc_ml_reconf callback. 10195 */ 10196struct cfg80211_mlo_reconf_done_data { 10197 const u8 *buf; 10198 size_t len; 10199 bool driver_initiated; 10200 u16 added_links; 10201 struct { 10202 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 10203 u8 *addr; 10204 } links[IEEE80211_MLD_MAX_NUM_LINKS]; 10205}; 10206 10207/** 10208 * cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done - Notify about MLO reconfiguration result 10209 * @dev: network device. 10210 * @data: MLO reconfiguration done data, &struct cfg80211_mlo_reconf_done_data 10211 * 10212 * Inform cfg80211 and the userspace that processing of ML reconfiguration 10213 * request to add links to the association is done. 10214 */ 10215void cfg80211_mlo_reconf_add_done(struct net_device *dev, 10216 struct cfg80211_mlo_reconf_done_data *data); 10217 10218/** 10219 * cfg80211_schedule_channels_check - schedule regulatory check if needed 10220 * @wdev: the wireless device to check 10221 * 10222 * In case the device supports NO_IR or DFS relaxations, schedule regulatory 10223 * channels check, as previous concurrent operation conditions may not 10224 * hold anymore. 10225 */ 10226void cfg80211_schedule_channels_check(struct wireless_dev *wdev); 10227 10228/** 10229 * cfg80211_epcs_changed - Notify about a change in EPCS state 10230 * @netdev: the wireless device whose EPCS state changed 10231 * @enabled: set to true if EPCS was enabled, otherwise set to false. 10232 */ 10233void cfg80211_epcs_changed(struct net_device *netdev, bool enabled); 10234 10235/** 10236 * cfg80211_next_nan_dw_notif - Notify about the next NAN Discovery Window (DW) 10237 * @wdev: Pointer to the wireless device structure 10238 * @chan: DW channel (6, 44 or 149) 10239 * @gfp: Memory allocation flags 10240 */ 10241void cfg80211_next_nan_dw_notif(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 10242 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp); 10243 10244/** 10245 * cfg80211_nan_cluster_joined - Notify about NAN cluster join 10246 * @wdev: Pointer to the wireless device structure 10247 * @cluster_id: Cluster ID of the NAN cluster that was joined or started 10248 * @new_cluster: Indicates if this is a new cluster or an existing one 10249 * @gfp: Memory allocation flags 10250 * 10251 * This function is used to notify user space when a NAN cluster has been 10252 * joined, providing the cluster ID and a flag whether it is a new cluster. 10253 */ 10254void cfg80211_nan_cluster_joined(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 10255 const u8 *cluster_id, bool new_cluster, 10256 gfp_t gfp); 10257 10258#ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_DEBUGFS 10259/** 10260 * wiphy_locked_debugfs_read - do a locked read in debugfs 10261 * @wiphy: the wiphy to use 10262 * @file: the file being read 10263 * @buf: the buffer to fill and then read from 10264 * @bufsize: size of the buffer 10265 * @userbuf: the user buffer to copy to 10266 * @count: read count 10267 * @ppos: read position 10268 * @handler: the read handler to call (under wiphy lock) 10269 * @data: additional data to pass to the read handler 10270 * 10271 * Return: the number of characters read, or a negative errno 10272 */ 10273ssize_t wiphy_locked_debugfs_read(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct file *file, 10274 char *buf, size_t bufsize, 10275 char __user *userbuf, size_t count, 10276 loff_t *ppos, 10277 ssize_t (*handler)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 10278 struct file *file, 10279 char *buf, 10280 size_t bufsize, 10281 void *data), 10282 void *data); 10283 10284/** 10285 * wiphy_locked_debugfs_write - do a locked write in debugfs 10286 * @wiphy: the wiphy to use 10287 * @file: the file being written to 10288 * @buf: the buffer to copy the user data to 10289 * @bufsize: size of the buffer 10290 * @userbuf: the user buffer to copy from 10291 * @count: read count 10292 * @handler: the write handler to call (under wiphy lock) 10293 * @data: additional data to pass to the write handler 10294 * 10295 * Return: the number of characters written, or a negative errno 10296 */ 10297ssize_t wiphy_locked_debugfs_write(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct file *file, 10298 char *buf, size_t bufsize, 10299 const char __user *userbuf, size_t count, 10300 ssize_t (*handler)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 10301 struct file *file, 10302 char *buf, 10303 size_t count, 10304 void *data), 10305 void *data); 10306#endif 10307 10308/** 10309 * cfg80211_s1g_get_start_freq_khz - get S1G chandef start frequency 10310 * @chandef: the chandef to use 10311 * 10312 * Return: the chandefs starting frequency in KHz 10313 */ 10314static inline u32 10315cfg80211_s1g_get_start_freq_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 10316{ 10317 u32 bw_mhz = cfg80211_chandef_get_width(chandef); 10318 u32 center_khz = 10319 MHZ_TO_KHZ(chandef->center_freq1) + chandef->freq1_offset; 10320 return center_khz - bw_mhz * 500 + 500; 10321} 10322 10323/** 10324 * cfg80211_s1g_get_end_freq_khz - get S1G chandef end frequency 10325 * @chandef: the chandef to use 10326 * 10327 * Return: the chandefs ending frequency in KHz 10328 */ 10329static inline u32 10330cfg80211_s1g_get_end_freq_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 10331{ 10332 u32 bw_mhz = cfg80211_chandef_get_width(chandef); 10333 u32 center_khz = 10334 MHZ_TO_KHZ(chandef->center_freq1) + chandef->freq1_offset; 10335 return center_khz + bw_mhz * 500 - 500; 10336} 10337 10338/** 10339 * cfg80211_s1g_get_primary_sibling - retrieve the sibling 1MHz subchannel 10340 * for an S1G chandef using a 2MHz primary channel. 10341 * @wiphy: wiphy the channel belongs to 10342 * @chandef: the chandef to use 10343 * 10344 * When chandef::s1g_primary_2mhz is set to true, we are operating on a 2MHz 10345 * primary channel. The 1MHz subchannel designated by the primary channel 10346 * location exists within chandef::chan, whilst the 'sibling' is denoted as 10347 * being the other 1MHz subchannel that make up the 2MHz primary channel. 10348 * 10349 * Returns: the sibling 1MHz &struct ieee80211_channel, or %NULL on failure. 10350 */ 10351static inline struct ieee80211_channel * 10352cfg80211_s1g_get_primary_sibling(struct wiphy *wiphy, 10353 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 10354{ 10355 int width_mhz = cfg80211_chandef_get_width(chandef); 10356 u32 pri_1mhz_khz, sibling_1mhz_khz, op_low_1mhz_khz, pri_index; 10357 10358 if (!chandef->s1g_primary_2mhz || width_mhz < 2) 10359 return NULL; 10360 10361 pri_1mhz_khz = ieee80211_channel_to_khz(chandef->chan); 10362 op_low_1mhz_khz = cfg80211_s1g_get_start_freq_khz(chandef); 10363 10364 /* 10365 * Compute the index of the primary 1 MHz subchannel within the 10366 * operating channel, relative to the lowest 1 MHz center frequency. 10367 * Flip the least significant bit to select the even/odd sibling, 10368 * then translate that index back into a channel frequency. 10369 */ 10370 pri_index = (pri_1mhz_khz - op_low_1mhz_khz) / 1000; 10371 sibling_1mhz_khz = op_low_1mhz_khz + ((pri_index ^ 1) * 1000); 10372 10373 return ieee80211_get_channel_khz(wiphy, sibling_1mhz_khz); 10374} 10375 10376#endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */
~/
Read-only file preview.